Panasonic KX-F910BX (Service Manual)

KX-F910BX
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Before servicing, unplug the power cord to prevent an electric shock.
When replacing parts, use only the manufacturers recommended components.
Check the condition of the power cord. Replace if wear or damage is evident.
After servicing, be sure to restore the lead dress, insulation barriers, insulation papers, shields, etc.
Before returning the serviced equipment to the customer, be sure to perform the following insulation resistance
test to prevent the customer from being exposed to shock hazards.
INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

1. Unplug the power cord and short the two prongs of the plug with a jumper wire.
2. Turn on the power switch.
3. Measure the resistance value with an ohmmeter between the jumpered AC plug and each exposed metal cabinet part
(screwheads, control shafts, handle brackets, etc.).
Note: Some exposed parts may be isolated from the chassis by design. These will read infinity.
4. If the measurement is outside the specified limits, there is a possibility of a shock hazard.
The equipment should be repaired and rechecked before it is returned to the customer.
Exposed
metal
part
Ohmmeter
Resistance = more than 5M
(at DC 500 V)
FOR SERVICE TECHNICIANS

ICs and LSIs are vulnerable to static electricity.
When repairing, the following precautions will help prevent recurring malfunctions.
1) Cover the plastic parts boxes with aluminum foil.
2) Ground the soldering irons.
3) Use a conductive mat on the worktable.
4) Do not touch IC or LSI pins with bare fingers.
|5 |
INTRODUCTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
KX-F910BX
BATTERY CAUTION
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the
manufacture. Discard used batteries according to following caution:
Disposal of lithium batteries should be performed by permitted, professional disposal firms knowledgeable in state government federal and local hazardous materials and hazardous waste transportation and disposal requirements.
Battery continues to have no transportation limitations as long as they are separated to prevent short circuits and packed
in strong packaging.
Commercial firms that dispose of any quantity of lithium cells should have a mechanism in place to account for their ultimate disposition. This is a good practice for all types of commercial or industrial waste.
Recommend Type Number: CR2032 (BATT)
CR2032 (BATT)
Manufactured by MATSUSHITA
Manufactured by SONY
AC CAUTION
For safety, before closing the lower cabinet , please make sure of the following precautions.
@ The earth lead is fixed by the screw.
A The AC connector is connected properly.
B Wrap the AC lead around the core 3 times.
(BOTTOM VIEW)
Earth Lead
(Ferrite Core)
AC lnlet
Earth Lead
AC Lead
Screw
AC Connector
Washer
Earth
Lead
|6 |
KX-F910BX
STANDARD BATTERY LIFE
While in use (TALK)
Up to about 2.5 hours
While not in use (Stand-By)
Up to about 4 days
EBattery life may vary depending on usage conditions and ambient temperature.
EClean the handset and the main unit charge contacts with a dry soft cloth once a
month, or the battery may not charge properly.
EOnce the battery is fully charged, you do not have to place the handset on the main unit until
the TALK/BATT LOW indicator flashes slowly.
EThe battery cannot be overcharged.
PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Be careful not to let your hair, clothes fingers, accessories, etc., become caught in any moving sections of the unit.
These are driven by the carriage monitor, and the slow down gear, the paper feed roller, the pressure roller, the eject roller,
the spur, the pick-up roller, etc., which are driven by the paper feed motor. These separation roller and document feed roller
which are rotated by the document feed motor and a gear which makes the two rollers rotate.
Also, the spurs are metal and sharply pointed. Be careful not to touch them accidentally by hand.
Separation roller gear

Document rollers
Separation roller gear
Document feed gear
|7 |
INTRODUCTION
If your Panasonic battery is fully charged;
KX-F910BX
SPECIFICATIONS
Main unit
1. Applicable Lines:
Public Switched Telephone Network
2. Document Size:
Max. 216 mm (8 1/2 ) in width

Max. 600 mm (23 5/8 ) in length
3. Effective Scanning Width:
208 mm(8 3/16 )
4. Printing Paper Size:
216 mm ~ max. 50 m (8 1/2
~164) roll
5. Effective Printing Width:
216 mm (8 /16 )
6. Transmission Time*:
Approx.15 sec/page (Original mode)
7. Scanning Density:
Approx.30 sec/page (G3 Normal mode)

Horizontal :
8 pels/mm (203 pels/inch)
Vertical :
3.85 lines/mm (98 lines/inch) -Standard mode

7.7 lines/mm (196 lines/inch) -Fine/Halftone mode
15.4 lines/mm (392 lines/inch) -Superfine mode
8. Halftone Level:
64-level
9. Scanner Type:
CCD image sensor
10. Printer Type:
Thermal printing
11. Data Compression System:
Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ (MR)
12. Modem Speed:
9600/7200/4800/2400 bps; Automatic Fallback
13. Operating Environment:
5-35
14. Dimensions (H ~W ~D):
Approx. 118 ~366 ~265 mm (4 21/32
15. Mass (Weight):
Approx. 3.4 kg (7.5 lb.)
16. Power Consumption:
Standby:
Approx. 6.5W / Transmission: Approx. 16W
Reception:
Approx. 31W / Copy:
Maximum:
Approx. 120W
(41-95 F), 45-85 % RH (Relative Humidity)

~13 3/8
~10 7/16 )
Approx. 40W
220-240V AC, 50/60Hz
17. Power Supply:
Handset
(41-95 F), 45-85 % RH (Relative Humidity)
1. Operating Environment:
5-35
2. Dimensions (H ~W ~D):
Approx. 37 ~55 ~238 mm (1 7/16
3. Weight:
Approx. 200 g (0.4 lb.)
4. Power Supply:
Ni-Cd battery (3.6 V, 600 mAh)
5. Frequency:
814.0125-814.9875 MHz, 904.0125-904.9875 MHz (40 channels)
6. Security Codes:
1,000,000
~2 3/32
~9 3/8 )
*Transmission speed depends upon the contents of the pages, resolution, telephone line conditions and capability of
receiving unit. 15 second speed based upon CCITT No.1 Test Chart.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Comment
Parts No.
Description
KX-A106
Standard Thermal Recording Paper
216 mm ~ 30 m (8 1/2
with 25 mm (1") core
~98) roll,
KX-A116
Standard Thermal Recording Paper
216 mm ~ 50 m (8 1/2
~164) roll,
KX-A125
Super Thermal recording Paper

(Like plain paper)
216 mm ~30 m (8 1/2

~98) roll,
|8 |
KX-F910BX
LOCATION OF CONTROLS
INTRODUCTION
Front View
Antenna
Spare battery
cover
Document entrance
Battery charger
(beneath the cover)
Paper stacker
Charge contacts
Document feeder tray
Document guide(s)
SPA
RE C
HAR
GE
CHA
RGE
Microphone
CHARGE Indicator
Front lid open button
SPARE CHARGE Indicator
Document exit
Control panel
Dial keypad
HELP
Display panel
DIRECTORY
ABC
RESOLUTION
MENU
Direct call stations
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
HELP
DIRECTORY
MENU
RESOLUTION
IN USE
AUTO RECEIVE
FAX
1
6
2
7
4
9
5
10
REDIAL/PAUSE
3
8
LOWER
LOCATOR/
INTERCOM
TONE
FLASH
LOWER
START/COPY/ SET
STOP
MUTE
RINGER
VOLUME SP-PHONE
SP-PHONE
MIC
FLASH
MUTE
AUTO RECEIVE
VOLUME
STOP
TONE
REDIAL/PAUSE
SP-PHONE
LOCATOR/INTERCOM
IN USE indicator
|9 |
START/COPY/SET
KX-F910BX
Handset
Antenna
TALK/BATT (Battery)
LOW/PROG (Program)
Indicator
POWER/RINGER Switch
TALK Button
REDIAL Button
TONE Button
INTERCOM Button and Indicator
PROGRAM Button
AUTO Button
PAUSE Button
FLASH Button
Charge Contacts
FEATURES
General
900MHz Cordless
Automatic paper cutter

Answering machine interface
64-Level halftones resolution
Large 165 ft. paper roll
Help printout
Fax activation from handset

Intercom with 2-way paging
4-day battery life
Sound ChargerTM technology
10-station speed dial
Spare battery charger
Facsimile
Easy-to view LCD (16-character)
Automatic document feeder (up to 15 sheets)
Paper curl reduction technology
Resolution: Standard/Fine/Super Fine/Half Tone
Distinctive ring detection
Super thermal paper
Correct order reception printout
Integrated Telephone System

Speakerphone
Telephone directory with alpha-search
One touch dialer (10 phone-number)
50-station speed dialer
|10 |
KX-F910BX
CONNECTION
INTRODUCTION
Connect to
"LINE"
Power cord
Telephone line
cord
Single telephone line

(RJ11C)
Power outlet
(220V, 50/60Hz)
Note:
For additional equipment protection, we recommend the use of a surge protector. The following types are
available; TELESPIKE BLOK MODEL TSB (TRIPPE MFG. CO.), SPIKE BLOK MODEL SK6-0 (TRIPPE MFG.
CO.), SUPER MAX (PANAMAX) or MP1 (ITW LINX).
You can connect an extension phone or a telephone answering machine to the unit after removing the stopper on the
external telephone jack (EXT).
When you operate this product, the power outlet should be near the product and easily accessible.
Helpful hint:
If assistance is needed, press HELP . The unit will print a quick reference.
HELP
|11 |
KX-F910BX
INSTALLATION
1. Installing the recording paper
Open the back lid by lifting up the tabs located

on the both sides.
Tab
A
Install a recording paper roll in the main unit.

Make sure that the shiny side of the paper is
facing down and there is no stack, tape, or
glue residue on the paper roll.
correct
incorrect
Insert the leading edge of the recording paper

between the recording paper roller and the silver
plate.
Recording paper roller
Silver plate
Close the back lid by gently pressing down on both

ends.
Note:
Only use the included roll of paper or specified recording paper, or else the print quality may be affected
and/or excessive thermal head wear may occur.
The beginning of some recording paper rolls are secured with glue or tape.
Cut approximately 150 mm (6 inches) from the new roll of paper prior to installation.
|12 |
KX-F910BX
2. Installing the paper stacker
Paper stack
3. Installing the antenna on the main unit

push down and twist the antenna onto the main unit.
Keep the antenna .in an upright position to get the
best reception .
4. Installing the spare battery cover on the main unit

Close the spare battery cover.
Spare battery cover
5. Installing the battery in the handset
Install the battery as shown observing the

proper polarity.
Battery
Install the battery cover.

Battery cover
|13 |
INTRODUCTION
Install the paper stacker.
KX-F910BX
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
Recording Paper Cover
Separation Roller
Recording Paper
Document
Feed Roller
Thermal Head
Recording Paper Roller
Target Glass
Document
Feed Roller
Cutter
Mirror
Lens
Transmission Motor
LED Array
Reception Motor
MAINTENANCE ITEM
1. OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS ARE PERFORMED USING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
1) Periodic maintenance
Inspect the equipment periodically and if necessary, clean any contaminated parts.
2) Check for breakdowns
Look for signs of trouble and consider how the problems arose.
If the equipment can still be used, perform copying, self-testing or communications testing.
3) Check equipment
Perform copying, self testing and communications testing to determine if the problem originates from the transmitter,
receiver or the telephone line.
4) Determine causes
Determine the causes of the equipment trouble by troubleshooting.
5) Equipment repairs
Repair or replace the defective parts and take appropriate measures at this stage to ensure that the problem does not recur.
6) Confirm normal operation of the equipment
After completing the repairs, conduct copying, self testing and communications testing to confirm that the equipment operates
normally.
7) Record keeping
Make a record of the measures taken to rectify the problem for future reference.
|14 |
KX-F910BX
.
2-1. MAINTENANCE
LIST
CHECK ITEM
OPERATION
REMARKS
Document Path
Remove any foreign matter such as scrap of paper.
Rollers
Recording Paper
If a roller is dirty, clean it with a damp cloth, then let dry thoroughly.
See page 16.
If the platen is dirty, clean it with a damp cloth, then let dry thoroughly.
See page 121.
Roller
Remove the paper before cleaning.
If the thermal head is dirty, clean the printing surface with a cloth
4
Thermal Head
moistened with denatured alcohol (alcohol without water), then let dry
See page 123.
thoroughly.
5
LED Array
Sensors
Mirrors and Lens
If the mirror and lens are dirty, clean them with a dry soft cloth.
Abnormal, wear and
Replace the part. Be sure that all part's screws are tight.
If the LED array is dirty, clean the glass with a dry soft cloth.
See page 16.
Confirm the operation of the following sensors: recording paper sensor
See pages 77, 78.
(SW273), Document sensor (PI302), Read position sensor (PI301),

Cover open sensor (SW271), and JAM sensor (SW272).
tear or loose parts
2-2. MAINTENANCE CYCLE

No.
Items
Cleaning
Cycle
Replacement
Procedure
Cycle
See P. 16.
7 years
(63,000 documents)
7 years
(63,000 documents)
See page 120.
Procedure
See page 120.
Separation Roller
(Ref. No. 58)
Separation Rubber
(Ref. No. 23)
Feed Roller
(Ref. No. 49, 53)
3 months
See P. 16.
7 years
(63,000 documents)
Target Glass
(Ref. No. 171)
See P. 16.
7 years
(63,000 documents)
3 months
Thermal Head
(Ref. No. 59)
See P. 123.
7 years
(63,000 documents)
See page 123.
3 months
Recording Paper Roller

(Ref. No. 112)
See P. 121.
7 years
(63,000 documents)
See page 121.
3 months
3 months
3 months
Remarks
These values are only standard ones and may vary depending on
usage conditions.
|15 |
INTRODUCTION
NO.
KX-F910BX
CLEANING THE UNIT

Cleaning the inside of the unit
If misfeeding occurs frequently, or dirty patterns or black bands appear on a copied or transmitted document, clean
the document feeder rollers, sub roller, rubber flap, white plate and glass.
1
2
3
Disconnect the power cord and the telephone line

cord.
Clean the rubber flap with a cotton swab moistened

with isopropyl rubbing alcohol, and let dry
thoroughly.
5
6
7
Clean the white plate and glass with a soft dry

cloth.
White plate
Rubber flap
Open the front lid by pressing the front lid open

button.
Sub Roller
Clean the document feeder rollers and roller with a

cloth moistened with isopropyl rubbing alcohol, and
let dry thoroughly.
Document
feeder rollers
Glass
Clean the front lid by gently pressing down on both

ends.
Connect the power cord and the telephone line
cord.
Front lid open button
Caution:
Do not use paper products (such as paper towels or
tissues) to clean the inside of the unit.
Cleaning the charge contacts

Clean the main unit and the handset charge contacts with a dry soft cloth once a month, or the battery may not
charge properly.
Charge contacts
Charge contacts
|16 |
KX-F910BX
1. TROUBLESHOOTING SUMMARY
1-1. TROUBLESHOOTING
After having confirmed the abnormal condition by asking the user, troubleshoot according to the instructions in
Observe the following precautions when troubleshooting.
1-2. PRECAUTIONS
1) If there is trouble with the print quality or the paper feed, first check that the installation space and the print
paper meets the specifications, that the paper selection lever/paper thickness lever is set correctly, and that the
paper is set correctly without any looseness.
2) Before troubleshooting, first check that the connectors and cables are connected correctly without any looseness.
Especially, if the abnormality occurs randomly, check very carefully.
3) When connecting the AC power cord with the unit case and checking the operation, exercise utmost care in
handling the electric parts in order to avoid electric shock and short-circuits.
4) After troubleshooting, double check that you have not forgotten any connectors, left any loose screws, etc.
5) And always test to verify that the unit is working normally.
|18 |
KX-F910BX
2. USER RECOVERABLE ERRORS
If the unit detects a problem, the following messages will appear in the display.
DISPLAY MESSAGE
CAUSE AND REMEDY

There is something wrong with the unit.
CHECK COVER
The back lid is open. Close it.
CHECK DOCUMENT
The document is not fed into the unit properly. Reinsert the document.
If the misfeeding occurs frequently, clean the document feeder rollers inside the unit.
If the problem remains, adjust the feeder pressure.
CHECK MEMORY
Memory (phone numbers, parameters, etc.) has been erased. Re-program.
NO RESPONSE
The receiving unit is busy or ran out of recording paper. Try again.
OUT OF PAPER
The unit ran out of recording paper. Install a new recording paper.
PAPER JAMMED
A recording paper jam occurred. Clean the jammed paper.
POLLING ERROR
The other fax machine does not provide the polling function. Check with the other
party.
REDIAL TIME OUT
The receiving unit is busy or ran out of recording paper. Try again.
REMOVE DOCUMENT
The document is jammed. Remove the jammed document.

Attempted to transmit a document longer than 600 mm (235/8"). Press the STOP button
and remove the document. Divide the document into two or more sheets and try again.
TRANSMIT ERROR
A transmission error occurred. Try again.
UNIT OVERHEATED
The unit is too hot. Let the unit cool down.
|19 |
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
CALL SERVICE
KX-F910BX
3. DETAIL OF TROUBLESHOOTING
3-1. OUTLINE
Troubleshooting is to make quality and reliability recover by finding out the broken component and exchange or
adjustment or cleaning. We have to find out symptoms and then arrange troubleshooting method.
If it's tough to finding out just a broken component, we should so arrange that block or section are specified, for
example "digital board" or image sensor".
A claim tag from customer or dealer gives us many kinds of expression for same trouble. Because they are not
technician or engineer. But we should carefully read it on our supposition comes from experience, and sufficiently
test the function related to that tag. Returns from customer or dealers often have to claim tag. In this case we need
to find out the symptoms. Therefore please test the unit following simple-check-list. A problem difficult to find out
may lurk, so we need to test repeatedly, for example make copy 10 pages or receiving 10 pages,.........
3-2. STARTING UP TROUBLESHOOTING

Find out the symptom and troubleshooting method
Power on.
plug the AC cord
AC
Look at LCD
LCD
change faitnly
LCD
LCD
good
no reaction
No reaction means that power line

is broken (short-circuit).
12:00AM
See digital board section.

(See page 54)
See digital board section.

(See page 54)
Already known symptom
Yes, I know
Not yet
Find out any symptom with

check list (See page 22).
|20 |
See table of
troubleshooting item.
KX-F910BX
3-3. TABLE OF TROUBLESHOOTING ITEMS
FUNCTION
Unit doesn't work at all
ADF
(Auto Document Feeder)
Paper feed
Abnormal
mechanical sound
Cutter
Power supply
Operation panel
Sensor
Communication
FAX, TEL
(Analog board)
Cordless
SEE THIS PAGE
No character or faint response in the LCD

Skewed sending image
Expanded print
Image is distored
Black or White lateral line on printing
Page 30
Page 30
Page 27
Page 28
No feed
Paper jam
Multiple feed
Skew
Page 23
Page 24
Page 25
Page 26
No feed
Paper jam
Multiple feed
Skew
Page 23
Page 24
Page 25
Page 26
Abnormal sound from the product
Page 31
Can not cut the recording paper
Page 29
Voltage output is abnormal
Page 72
Keys are not accepted
Page 76
"PAPER JAM" is displayed

"CHECK COVER" is displayed
Page 77
Can not fax communicate

Error code is displayed
Can not talk
DTMF tone doesn't work
Monitor sound, volume
Page 33
Page 33
Page 68
Page 68
Page 68
No link
Battery won't charge
No voice reception
No voice transmission
Page 87
Page 85
Page 86
Page 86
|21 |
Printing
SYMPTOM
KX-F910BX
3-4. EASY-CHECK-LIST
FUNCTION
FAX operation
Copy operation
Telephone operation
Operation panel
Sensor
JUDGEMENT
transmission
OK ^ NG
receiving
OK ^ NG
REFERENCE
FINE mode
OK ^ NG
HALF TONE mode
OK ^ NG
Monitor sound
OK ^ NG
Ringer sound
OK ^ NG
Dial operation
OK ^ NG
Volume operation
OK ^ NG
VOX detection
OK ^ NG
SERVICE CODE 815
Key check
OK ^ NG
SERVICE CODE 561
LED check
OK ^ NG
SERVICE CODE 557
LCD check
OK ^ NG
SERVICE CODE 558
Sensor check
OK ^ NG
SERVICE CODE 815
Clock
OK ^ NG
gain correctly?
External TAM
Cordless operation
Handset Transceiver/receiver
OK ^ NG
Remote control
OK ^ NG
Portable handset
OK ^ NG
compare to your watch.
Change to FAX receiving by dialing

(Refer to user mode #41 on page 52.)
transmission/receiver
Link
OK ^ NG
Battery charge
OK ^ NG
|22 |
KX-F910BX
3-5. ADF (Auto document feed) SECTION

(1) No document feed
In document setting, confirm
that beep tone or not.
NG
Check the sensor

lever movement.
NG
Replace the sensor lever.
NG
Replace the defective parts.
OK
YES
Check the sensor

and digital board.
(pages 54 and 77)
Cleaning of separation roller.
( page120 )
OK?
OK
END
NG
Does the separation roller

rotate?
YES
NO
Check the separation spring

and pad?
YES
NO
NG
Check the Motor and

connector.
Replace the motor

and connector.
OK?
YES
OK?
Check the gear.
OK
END
NG
NG
Replace the gear.
OK?
NO
Replace the separation

roller unit.
YES
OK?
OK
END
YES
NG
Replace the operation cover

unit.
To digital board
section. (page 54)
Is the phase signal from

pins 73-77 of IC1 output?
Is the voltage at emitter

of Q1 +24 V?
Is the solder at pins 7377 of IC1 OK?
Is the voltage at collector

of Q1 +24 V?
NO
Check power supply

unit section. (page 72)
YES
NO
Repair.
YES
Replace IC7.
Is the voltage at pin 11 of

IC7 less than 2V?
YES
Replace Q1.
YES
END
|23 |
Replace IC7.
NO
OK?
YES
NO
NO
END
OK?
Replace
motor
Check the separation

spring is distorting.
NO
OK?
KX-F910BX
(2) Paper JAM
Checks the paper jam for markings or objects stuck on the sheet.
Check feed route.
Cleaning or replace of
defective parts.
NO
OK?
OK
OK?
END
NG
YES
Cleaning the each rollers.

(pages 120 and 121 )
OK?
OK
END
NG
Check each sensors
movement.
Confirms that the location tip of the read start

sensor flag works smoothly.
NO
OK?
Repair or replace the

sensor lever
OK
OK?
END
NG
YES
To Sensor section.
(page 77)
Check each rollers
mount.
Check the separation, feed and pinch rollers are

attached correctly.
NO
OK?
Check if the sensor

reacts while the flag is
moving.
Repair defective parts.
OK
OK?
END
NG
YES
Check the white plate.

Operation
cover
NG
White Plate
OK
Replace the white plate.
Document
NG
Operation Board Cover
Fig. A
|24 |
KX-F910BX
(3) Multiple feed
Confirms whether the pad is dirty or not and
is attached correctly.
Check separation pad.
OK?
NO
Cleaning or replace the

defective parts.
OK?
END
OK
END
OK?
NG

pad, roller and pressure
spring.
|25 |
OK
OK?
NG

(pages 120 and 121)
END
NG
YES
Check the separation

spring is distorting.
OK
KX-F910BX
(4) Skew
Checks whether the document is folded or
tape or staples are attached. Also checks
whether a different size document is set at
the same time.
Document setting OK?
NO
OK?
Reset document.
OK?
OK
END
NG
YES
Checks whether there are same foreign
objects, or missing parts.
Check feed route.
OK?
NO
Cleaning or replace the

defective parts.
OK?
OK
END
NG
YES
Check the balance of
both separation pressure
springs.
OK?
NO

pressure spring.
OK?
OK
END
NG
YES
(page 120 and 121)
OK?
OK
END
NG
Check the white plate.

(Refer to Fig. A of page 24)
OK?
NO
OK?
Replace white plate.
OK
END
NG
YES
Check CCD unit.
OK?
NO
Repair or replace the

defective parts.
END
|26 |
OK?
OK
END
KX-F910BX
(5) Image is distorted
Checks if there are some foreign objects

or missing parts.
Check feed route.
NO
OK?
Cleaning or repair the

defective parts.
OK?
OK
END

(page 120 and 121)
Check of
relapse.
OK
NG
YES
END
NG
Confirms whether the plate strokes smoothly

and if the white sheet is peeling.
Check white plate.
OK?
NO
Replace the white plate.
OK
END
NG
YES
Check the separation, feed and pinch rollers
are attached correctly.
Check each rollers.
OK?
OK?
NO
Repair defective parts.
OK?
OK
END
NG
YES
Check the each rollers
dirty and scar.
OK?
NO

(page 120 and 121)
NG
YES
To thermal head section.
(page 84)
OK?
If expansion and contraction becomes within } 1.5%,

this is standard and OK.
|27 |
OK
END
KX-F910BX
(6) Black or white vertical lines appear.

Please copy the test chart.
Is line appear?
YES
To thermal head section.

(page 84)
NO
Please the white plate and target glass thoroughly.
If the dirt cannot be removed, change the white plate.
Cleaning feed route.
Is line appear?
NO
END
YES
Replace white plate,

CCD unit etc.
OK?
OK
END
NG
To digital board section.

(page 54)
|28 |
KX-F910BX
(7) Can not cut the recording paper.
Check the cutter unit.
OK?
Cleaning the cutter unit.

(page 121)
NO
Replace the defective

parts.
NG
Replace the defective

parts.
NG
YES
Check the each sensor
levers movement.
OK?
YES
Check the each sensor.
OK?
YES
Test the cutter movement.
OK?
NO
Replace the motor, gear

and arm.
Check the connector,

gear and arm.
YES
Replace the cutter unit.
OK
OK?
NG
OK?
NG
OK
Replace the digital board.
END
|29 |
KX-F910BX
(8) Skewed sending image

Check the setting of
recording paper
NG
Reset the recording paper.
OK
Replace the
recording paper roller.
(9) Expanded print

Check the front lid open
button locked.
NG
Lock the front lid open

button.
OK

(pages 120 and 121)
|30 |
KX-F910BX
(10) When copying or printing an abnormal sound is heard from the unit.
In the document convey

-ance element.
Alternant's source?
A
(Next page)
Remove the exit-guide toward you by hand and confirm if the carriage is moved
by hand.
Confirm the EXIT-GUIDE

unit.
NO
Contact?
YES
Fix/change the abnormal

part.
Confirm if the thermal head, page guide,

recording paper roller, etc. parts are attached
correctly and fix or change the abnormal part.
Recording paper
conveyance. Confirm
the drive section.
Check the drive gear for damage, inserted foreign

objects and also if the pendulum gear spring is
attached correctly.
Abnormal?
NO
Check the other rotation sections, operations,

oscillation sections and fix or change the abnormal
part.
YES
Fix or change the abnormal
part.
|31 |
In the printing section.
KX-F910BX
A
Confirm the document's
conveyance drive section.
Check the drive gear for damage, inserted foreign

objects or abnormal installations.
NO
OK?
Fix clean or change the

abnormal part.
YES
YES
Do not apply large amounts to other parts.

(Refer to page 206)
Re-grease
NO
Does it recur?
Does it recur?
END
YES
Change the gear and

gear chassis.
|32 |
NO
END
KX-F910BX
3-6. COMMUNICATION SECTION
Communication connection (modem)
(Print defect in FAX communication)
Symptom
General Classification
Referring to the printer
Print a communication
Hint
TEST : If only the print communication is NG and other
and analog board buss.

@ Paper is not output
The transmitted sending side's signal was not received.

If the DTMF tone is not heard, change the IC11
modem.
If the DTMF tone is heard, there is a problem in the
signal pass route.
Another problem
Confirm the repair method in the DEFECTIVE FACSIMILE
SECTION. (Refer to page 34)
A communication error
has arose.
Refer to the
error code
(Refer to page 41)
A The picture is out of

order
The sending side's signal was cut during receiving.
B The picture was cut
Communication error causes :
off halfway
1. User (unit)
2. Circuit condition
3. Other party (unit)
It is possible that there are other causes than the user.
Try communication in redial a few times.
Also, try communication speed in 4800 bps or lower.
|33 |
printing is OK, there is a high possibility that

there is a problem in the digital board's modem
KX-F910BX
(1) Defective facsimile section

1 Transmit problem
TX Problem
USER STOPPED
Message on LCD
STOP key was pressed?
YES
NO
ENeed to service.
EOperation panel section.
No problem
(Refer to page 76)

YES
Paper jam?
NO
Only some of document

go through?
ADF section.
(Refer to page 23)
YES
NO
All of document go
through, but communication result is error.
NO
No feed at all even one
page.
ADF section.
(Refer to page 23)
YES
Press down READ SENSOR gently, and release

it to be come up immediately.
NG
OK
Clean up separation
roller using damp cloth.
And try again.
(Rubbing alcohol)
NG
Replace separation roller
with new one.
Need to service
ECheck, sensor is installed properly?
|34 |
KX-F910BX
TX Problem
Pre-Feeding of document?
Transmit Error
Message on LCD
NO
YES
YES
Doesn't start TX
(Doesn't start feeding?)
YES
NO
NO
OK
Do you press START key
immediately after dialing?
EIncrease "596:Transmit
@level set" from -10 dBm
@to -5 dBm or some.
Document goes through.
NG
Ask other party, changing

RX equalizer & increasing TX level.
YES
Decrease TX
level from -10
dBm to - 15
dBm or some.
NG
OK
Confirm sent image on
RX side has many errors?
@level set" from -10 dBm
@to -5 dBm or
@some. or
EDecrease "596:Trans@mit level set" from -10
@dBm to -12 dBm or
@some.
OK
NG
EDecrease "596:Trans@mit level set" from -10

@dBm to -15 dBm or
@some.
Ask RX party, increase a

parameter of RX error
line value to more than.
NO
Check modern TX level.
Change "594: Oversea

DIS detection" to "Detect
at the 2nd time".
(No available)
Confirm "592:CNG TX
select" to "ALL".
Change "717:Transmit
speed select " to
7200,4800 or 2400 bps.
Ask other party, increasing TX level.
|35 |
Check other party's

machine. (Paper out,
Auto answer off...etc.)
Using auto dial to send?
KX-F910BX
2 Receive problem
Confirm below before starting troubleshooting.
ERecording paper is installed properly?
RX problem
Can RX something anyway?
YES
NO
Many errors on image?
YES
No: Looks OK
Increase "595: RX error limit

value" to some.
NO
FAX ring count (#07)is 2,3 or 4?
Change "718:Receive speed

select" to 7200, 4800 or 2400
bps.
YES
Ask sender below change.
@level set"
Change FAX ring count to 1.
Increase "593: Time between

CED & 300 bps" to some
value.
Error code No. 68 (Echo)?

YES
NO
Decrease "596:Transmit
level set" from -10 dBm to 12 dBm or some.
Change "718:Receive speed

select" to 7200, 4800 or 2400
bps.
Ask sender below change.

EIncrease TX level.
EChange TX equalizer.
Confirm below before starting troubleshooting.
CHECK THERMAL PAPER

CHECK COVER
OVERHEATED (doesn't return automatically, COVER OPEN, etc., it is necessary to reset)
PAPER JAM
Please refer to "2. User Recoverable Errors" (Refer to page 19) for the above items.
Also, when it actually becomes a hardware deformity, please check each sensor.
|36 |
KX-F910BX
3 Unit can copy, but can not transmit/receive
Connect the unit to the

loop simulator.
Switch : TX side T-R
: Connect oscilloscope
Modem test start

(TEST CODE NO. 554)
Is the four signal at

Tip-Ring output?
NO
Connect the PBX and

TEL. line and off-hook.
YES
Is the signal at pins

44 of IC11 output?
NO
YES
Check the trace

between pins 44 of
IC11 and Tip-Ring.
NO Is the signal at pin 45

of IC11 dial tone input?
YES
Check solder at the

pin 8 of IC10 and Q8.
NO
Is the voltage at pin 8

of IC10 24 V?
Check the trace

between T1 and pin
45 of IC11.
YES
Check the solder at

pins 116 of IC1.
OK
Replace IC11.
|37 |
Replace IC11.
KX-F910BX
C Unit can copy, but can not transmit/receive long distance or international communication
The following 2 causes can be considered for this.
Cause 1:
The other party is executing automatic calling, the call has been received by this unit, and this time until response with a CED
or DIS signal has been too long. (In almost case, this unit detects CNG signal and can respond to CED or DIS.) (According to
the ITU-T standard, the communication procedure is stopped when there is no response from the other party within 35sec, so
that the other party releases the line.)
(Time until Response)
Line Connection
Time
False ring
Dial
Ringing Time
(about 4 sec/ring)
3 sec
False ring Send Time

& CNG Detect Time
(about 17 sec depending on the
setting user program mode #30)
1 sec
CED Signal
send
DIS Signal
send
75 msec
Max 35 sec
Other party
FAX machine
detects the
DIS signal.
Other party FAX

machine dials
(Cause and Countermeasure)

As shown in the above chart, the total handshaking time must be reduced, but because of the long distance connection and
linking of several stations, the line connection time can not be reduced. Accordingly, the following countermeasures should
be tried.
(A) The TEL/FAX DELAYED RING count should be 1. (user parameter: code No. 06)
(B) As the count of 35 sec is started directly after dialing or directly after the START button has been pressed for models
with a START button, the other party should be called manually, if possible.
Another possibility is entry of two pauses at the end of the auto dial number of the transmission side, In this way, the start
time for the count can be delayed by 2 pauses (about 10sec).
Cause 2:
Erroneous detection because of echo or erroneous detection because of an echo canceler.
FAX 1
FAX 2
Station 1
S1
S2
2 Line Type
Station 2
2 Line Type
The sea bottom cable or satellite
communication path. (4 Line Type)
(Echo/Echo Canceler)
The signal from FAX1 reaches FAX2 via the stations 1 and 2, but the reflection signal at station 2 also returns via station 1
(echo). As the distance between station 1 and station 2 is long, the echo returns to FAX 1 max. 600msec after transmission,
so than there is the possibility that this signal is detected erroneously as the signal from FAX2 and that trouble is caused. In
the case of a normal call, there is also the possibility that the echo of the own voice will make the call difficult to understand.
For this reason, each station (station 1, station 2) attaches echo cancelers (S1, S2) in case of international lines or long distance lines. For the echo canceler, the level of the transmission signal from FAX 1 is compared with the level of the reception
signal from the FAX2, and when transmission signal is larger, S1 is closed, while S2 is opened when it is smaller. In other
words, with transmission from FAX1, S1 is closed and S2 is open, so that the echo does not return to FAX1.
|38 |
KX-F910BX
(Cause B)
The echo canceler operation is stopped with a signal of 2100Hz (i.e. S1 and S2 become ON).
Accordingly, when FAX1 has executed automatic reception, a CED signal is output, and if this signal should be 2100Hz,
S1 and S2 will become ON. Then the echo of the DIS signal output afterwards may be received and FAX1 may execute
erroneous operation, preventing start of communication.
(Countermeasure B)
In service mode, the CED signal frequency is set to 1100 Hz (code No.520) or the time setting between the CED signal
and the DIS signal is set from 75msec to 500msec in service mode (code No.593). This is done because the echo canceler operation stop mode is cancelled with an interval of 250msec or more.
(Cause C)
KX-F910BX shall be assumed for FAX1 and a set of a different company shall be assumed for FAX2.
In case of transmission from the KX-F910BX to FAX2, FAX2 executes automatic reception and transmits a CED signal
(2100 Hz), followed by a DIS signal. As here the echo cancelers stops as described in cause B, the echo of the DIS signal
returns to FAX2. On the other hand, the KX-F910BX detects the DIS signal and transmits a DCS signal. In other words, it
is possible that the echo of the DIS signal and the DCS signal transmitted from the KX-F910BX reach FAX2 one after the
other, FAX2 executes erroneous detection, and communication are not started.
(Countermeasure C)
When international DIS detection setting is made effective in service mode (code No.594), the KX-F910BX does not respond to the first DIS signal and returns a DCS signal only for the second DIS signal.
In other words, there is an interval of 250msec between transmission of the first and the second DIS signal, so that the
echo cancelers operation recovers and no echo is generated for the second DIS signal.
Note:
When the other FAX does not respond with a DCS signal after DIS signal transmission, the DIS signal is transmitted three
times for trial.
|39 |
(Cause and Countermeasure)

(Cause A)
When the training signal is transmitted from FAX1 during the communication procedure at the time of transmission from
FAX1 to FAX2, there is a delay until the echo canceler operates and S1 is closed, so that a part of the head of the training
signal may drop out, normal reception by FAX2 may not be possible, and transmission may not be started.
(Countermeasure A)
When the international line mode becomes ON service mode (code No. 521), a dummy signal is attached to the head of
the training signal to prevent this problem. As this normally is ON, it is necessary to reconfirm that this has not becomes
OFF. When the international mode is switched OFF, the transmission side will try the training signal three times at each
speed (9600BPS, 4800BPS and 2400BPS), and in case of NG, it will drop the speed by one rank (fall-back). When the international mode is switched ON, each speed will be tried only twice. In other words, the slower speed with fewer errors
are reached more easily. This is done as the line conditions may deteriorate and the picture may be disturbed more easily
during communication in case of international lines or long distance communication, even when the training has been OK.
The default value is ON as preference is given to clearer pictures rather than speed.
KX-F910BX
Summary:
Long distance and international communication operation
COUNTERMEASURE
SYMPTOM
Does not receive in automatic mode.
1. The TEL/FAX DELAYED RING count should be 1.

(user parameter: code No. 06)
2. If possible, manual transmission should be made from
the transmission side.
3. If possible, two pauses should be inserted at the end of
the auto dial number of the transmission side.
4. If possible, the Function Selector Switch should be
switched to FAX.
Does not transmit.
1. Confirm the international line mode ON.

(service mode: code No. 521)
2. International DIS detection setting is made
effective. (service mode: code No. 594)
Does not receive.
1. The time setting between the CED signal and the DIS
signal is set to 500msec. (service mode: code No. 593)
2. The CED frequency is set to 1100Hz.
(service mode: code No. 520)
D Unit can copy, but the transmission and reception image is incorrect
(Long distance or international communication operation)
This depends widely on the transmission and reception capability of the other FAX set and the line conditions.
The countermeasures for this set are shown below.
Transmission Operation:
The transmitting speed is set to 4800BPS (service mode: code No. 717) or select overseas mode. (Individual correspondence according to the other set is desirable.)
Reception Operation:
If 80% or more of the reception should be incorrect, set the receiving speed to 4800BPS. (service mode: code No. 718)
|40 |
KX-F910BX
(2) Communication error functions
@ Operation:
1. Press the MENU button 3 times.
2. Press the START/SET button and button 4 times.
3. Press the START/SET button.
4. Print out.
A Error code table:

CODE
RESULT
TX & RX
Communication was interrupted with the STOP button
DOCUMENT JAMMED
TX
Document paper is jammed
NO DOCUMENT
TX
No document paper
PRINTER OVERHEATED
RX
Thermal head is overheated
RX
Out of thermal paper
PAPER OUT
THE COVER WAS OPENED
TX & RX
Countermeasure
Cover is open
PAPER JAMMED
RX
Recording paper is jammed
NO RESPONSE
TX
Transmission is finished when T1 TIMER is expired
1
2
41
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
DCN is received after DCS transmission
42
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
FTT is received after transmission of 2400BSP training signal
43
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
No response after post message is transmitted three times
44
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
RTN and PIN are received
46
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
No response after FTT is transmitted
6
7
48
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
49
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
No post message
RTN is transmitted
50
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
PIN is transmitted (to PRI-Q)
51
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
PIN is transmitted
NO RESPONSE
RX
Reception is finished when T1 TIME is expired
9
10
53
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
DCN is received after transmission of NSC and DTC
54
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
DCN is received after DIS transmission
11
57
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
300BPS error
12
58
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
DCN is received after FTT transmission
13
59
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
DCN responds to post message
14
15
64
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX
Polling is not possible
68
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
No response at the other party after MCF or CFR is transmitted
13
70
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
DCN is received after CFR transmission
13
72
COMMUNICATION ERROR
RX
Carrier is cut when image signal is received
16
FF
COMMUNICATION ERROR
TX & RX
Modem error
12
TX=TRANSMISSION
RX=RECEPTION
|41 |
PRESSED THE STOP KEY
SYMPTOM
MODE
KX-F910BX
3 Countermeasure
Transmission is finished when T1 TIMER is expired.
Turn ON the FAX monitor function and transmit the data to the
same receiver.
NO
Is FAX signal sound (DIS)

heard?
YES
Is communication OK?
NO
YES
Confirm service parameter and

compatibility of both caller's and
receiver's FAX machines.
Confirm if the receiver's FAX machine is set to the reception mode or

answering machine's message is on.
DCN is received after DCS transmission.
Confirm the receiver's FAX machine.
NO
Is it the same brand as

our products?
YES
NO
Is the password
check mode set?
(Have the
receiver's parameter
list printed.)
YES
Is the receiver's FAX

machine is the "out of paper or mechanical error"
status?
NO
Ask the receiver to cancel password

of the receiver's FAX machine or set
the caller's password corresponding
to the receiver's and transmit the
data again.
YES
Ask the receiver to set the receiver's
FAX machine to the receivable mode
and transmit again.
Confirm service parameter and

compatibility of both caller's and
receiver's FAX machines.
|42 |
Confirm the receiver's FAX machine

was set to the reception mode when
the previous communication was NG.
KX-F910BX
FTT is received after transmission of 2400BPS

training signal.
Perform communication test using the LOOP simulator.
YES
Is "Fall back" executed from

9600BPS?
NO
3.1
(1) Raise the level of transmission. (Do not

raise the level above the standard of each
country. If the communication should be
OK at the level beyond the standard, it is
attributable to line condition or the
receiver's machine sensitivity condition.)
If no effect is obtained.
(2) Slow down the transmission start speed
and taransmit to the receiver again.
Modem test
(TEST CODE NO.554)
3.2
YES
NO
If this error frequently occurs at
the receiver, perform transmission in the above-mentioned
mode on the receiver.
Ask the receiver to perform FAX

communication from the receiver to the caller.
YES
NO
Perform voice communication
with the receiver.
Check if the line is not interrupted by noises or in the cross

talk. If it is not, wait until the line
is satisfactory for correct communication.
|43 |
End
KX-F910BX
No response after post message is transmitted

three times.
Inquire the receiver if the

caller's document is facsimiled
correctly.
Is the data facsimiled

correctly?
NO
3.2
YES
Ask the service section of the
receiver's FAX machine to confirm the machine condition.
5
RTN and PIN are received.
3.1
No response after FTT is transmitted.
Perform communication test using the LOOP simulator and

check the machine reception
condition.
Modem test
(TEST CODE NO.554)
YES
Is FTT sent from the receiver?
6.1
NO
: No problem on the machine hardware.
with the NG caller.

talk, If it is not, wait until the line
|44 |
KX-F910BX
7
No post message
Turn ON the FAX monitor function and have the receiver transmit the data.
7.1
Is FAX signal sound
(post message) heard
after the image data is
received?
NO
(Receive Complete)
NO
Try again.
Does an error
(error code=48) occur still?
YES
Does an error lines exist

on received document?
Decrease the RX speed.
YES
8

sender's FAX machine for examination.
YES
RTN is transmitted.
PIN is transmitted (to PRI-Q).
PIN is transmitted.

condition.
NO

correctly?
Modem test
(TEST CODE NO.554)
YES
Turn ON the FAX monitor function and have the receiver in
question transmit the data
again.
Does the communication

error "code 49" occur?
NO
YES
End
6.1
|45 |
NO
7.1
KX-F910BX
Reception is finished when T1 TIME is expired.

condition.
Modem test
(TEST CODE NO.554)
NO

correctly?
YES
Turn ON the FAX monitor function and have the receiver in
question transmit the data
again.
YES
NO
NO
Is FAX signal sound

heard after the image data
is received?
YES
Confirm if the receiver's FAX

machine was set to receivable
mode.
6.1
|46 |
End
KX-F910BX
10
DCN is received after transmission of NSC and DTC.
Confirm if a mechanical trouble

occurred, e.g. transmission was
interrupted or document was out
of place, on the receiver side
(being polled).
NO
YES
receiver/s FAX machine for examination.
Ask the receiver to set the poll

mode again and perform polling.
11
DCN is received after DIS transmission.

occurred, e.g. the caller interrupted the transmission.
Was it a mechanical
error as mentioned above?
NO
YES
Have the caller transmit the data

again.
12

caller's FAX machine for examination.
300BPS error
Modem error
Check the hardware of the peripherals of the modem.
|47 |
Was it a mechanical
error as mentioned above?
KX-F910BX
DCN is received after FTT transmission.

No response at the other party after MCF or
CFR is transmitted.
DCN is received after CFR transmission.
13

occurred, e.g. the caller interrupted the transmission.
NO
Was it mechanical error as
mentioned above?
YES
6.1
Ask the caller to transmit the

data again.
DCN responds to post message.
14

occurred, e.g. the receiver interrupted the reception.
YES
Was it a mechanical error as
mentioned above?
NO

with the NG receiver.

talk. If it is no, wait until the line
|48 |
Ask the receiver to set the

receiver's FAX machine to the
receivable mode and communi
cate again.
KX-F910BX
Polling is not possible.
15

occurred, e.g. transmission was
interrupted or document was out
of place, on the receiver side
(being polled).
YES
Ask the receiver to set the Poll
mode again and perform polling.
Carrier is cut when image signal is received.
16

condition.
Modem test
(TEST CODE NO.554)
YES

receiver's FAX machine for examination.
Is carrier cut?
NO
6.1
|49 |
NO
Was it mechanical error as
mentioned above?
KX-F910BX
(3) Remote programming
While a user is talking on the phone, a technician can set the function parameters of customers unit from service center.
1. A call comes in service center.
2. A technician gets a claim from a customer.
3. He says to the customer Please change to the speaker phone if talking with the portable handset. And then please press
MEMU button and wait for a moment".
4. The technician dial 9,0,0,0, from his telephone.
The customers unit is set REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE and generates remote beep sound.
He hears Piiii (one long beep).
5. He presses 3 digits code of service function written in service manual by dial keypad. (See page 52)
And presses
(set).
The customers unit receives the service code.
He hears Piiii (one long beep).
6. He presses 1~3 digits value of function written in service manual by dial keypad.
And presses
(set).
The customers unit receives the service value.
He hears Pii Pii (double short beeps).
7. Then he can repeat from step 5.
8. When a technician wishes to end the REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE, he says to the customer,
"Please press the STOP button to exit the REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE. And then press the SP-Phone button".
Note:
1) To enter the REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE is necessary in Step 3. Because the unit can not easily enter the
REMOTE PROGRAMMING by DTMF signal from the other party.
2) If he presses wrong buttons when his operation is in step 5 or 6. he hears Pii Pii Pii (triple short beeps). Then he can
repeat from the same step.
3) When customers unit finishes transmitting a list (No. 991,992, 994,999), he can have a voice conversation.
And he can continue the REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE.
4) When customers unit start transmitting a list (No. 991,992, 994,999), he does not hear Pii Pii (double short beeps).
The unit generate CNG sound.
|50 |
KX-F910BX
1 Summary of remote programming mode
START
Customer press STOP

key and press the
SP-PHONE button.
Enter the REMOTE

PROGRAMMING ID 9,0,0,0
END
Press mistaken key "Pii

Pii Pii"
Press mistaken key "Pii

Pii Pii"
Press 3 digits code of service

function and then press
(set)
SERVICE SETTING MODE

"Piiii"
Press 1~3 digits value of function and then press

(set)
SETTING THE FUNCTION "Pii

Pii"
|51 |
REMOTE PROGRAMMING
MODE "Piiii"
KX-F910BX
A Program mode table
Code
001
002
003
004
005
007
008
009
012
021
022
023
024
025
030
031
039
040
041
046
070
080
501
502
503
520
521
522
523
544
550
551
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
570
571
572
573
Function
Set date and time
Your logo
Your telephone number
Print transmission report
Auto receive mode
FAX ring count
Manual receive mode
TEL/FAX delayed ring
Remote TAM activation
Logo position
Journal auto print
Overseas mode
Junk mail prohibitor
Delayed transmission
Silent FAX recognition ring
Ring detection
LCD contrast
Silent Detection
Remote FAX activation code
Friendly reception
FAX pager
Set default
Pause time set
Flash time set
Dial speed set
CED frequency select
International mode select
Auto standby select
Receive equalizer select
Document feed position adjustment value set
Memory clear
ROM check
Monitor on FAX communication select
Modem test
Scanner test
Motor test
LED test
LCD test
Document jam detection select
Cutter select
Key test
Cutter test
CCD position adjustment value set
Break % select
ITS auto redial time set
ITS auto redial line disconnection time set
TEL ring count
Set Value
mm/dd/yy hh:mm
--------1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF
1:EXT TAM 2:FAX
1 to 4 rings
1:TEL 2:TEL/FAX
1 to 4 rings
1:ON/2:OFF
1:OUT/2:IN
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
3 to 6 rings
0:OFF/1:A/2:B/3:C/4:D
NORMAL/DARKER
1:ON/2:OFF
ON/OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
ON/OFF
YES/NO
001~600 ~100msec
01~99 ~10msec
1:10/2:20pps
1:2100/2:1100Hz
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
01~99 step
"START" push
"START" push
1:OFF/2:P-B/3:ALL
"START" push
"START" push
"START" push
"START" push
"START" push
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
Press any key
START push
00~30 mm
1:61/2:67%
00~99
001~999
01~99
|52 |
Default
------------ERROR
FAX
1 ring
TEL
1 ring
OFF/ID=11
OUT
ON
OFF
OFF/ID=22
OFF
3 rings
OFF
NORMAL
ON
ON/ID=
ON
OFF
NO
050
70
10
2100
ON
ON
OFF
------------OFF
--------------------ON
ON
------------61%
014
030
15
Remote setting
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
NG
OK
NG
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
OK
OK
NG
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
KX-F910BX
Function
FAX auto redial time set
FAX auto redial line disconnection time set
CNG transmit select
Time between CED and 300 bps
Overseas DIS detection select
Receive error limit value set
Transmit level set
Ext. TAM OGM time
Silent detect time
Ext. TAM ring count
Transmit speed select
Receive speed select
Ringer off in TEL/FAX mode
Pause tone detect
Redial tone detect
Auto disconnect cancel time
Friendly reception CNG detection select
T1 timer
Sensor check
Original setting
Handset remote FAX ACT
Transmit basic list
Transmit advanced list
Transmit journal report
Transmit service list
Set Value
00~99
001~999
1:OFF/2:ALL/3:AUTO
1:75/2:500/3:1s
1:1st/2:2nd
001~999
-15~00dBm
01~99 sec.
01~99 x 100 msec
0~9
1:9600/2:7200/3:4800/4:2400bps
1:9600/2:7200/3:4800/4:2400bps
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
1:ON/2:OFF
1:350msec/2:1800msec/3:OFF
1:10S/2:20S/3:30S
1:35sec/2:60sec
START push
1:NORMAL/2:LIGHT/3:DARKER
0~9,
2~4 digits
1:START
1:START
1:START
1:START
OK : Can set the valve by remote programming featureor print list

NG : Can not set the valve.
|53 |
Default
05
045
All
75ms
1st
100
-10
10
50
5
9600bps
9600bps
ON
ON
ON
350msec
20S
35sec
----NORMAL
-----------------
Remote setting
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NG
OK
NG
OK
OK
OK
OK
Code
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
700
701
702
717
718
719
721
722
732
763
771
815
844
909
991
992
994
999
KX-F910BX
3-7. DIGITAL BOARD SECTION
How to fix the digital board that don't start up the unit.
(1) OVER VIEW
If you see a human being down on the street, what will you do?
You may talk to him. But if he doesn't answer, you check his breath or pulse, don't you.
Why do we check them? Breath or pulse, we needs must do it to live. We start to check from most basic things to live.
Checking (or repair) the Board doesn't work is similar to it.
We should start to check from most basic things to work.
What is most basic to work?
1. POWER SUPPLY (+5V, +24V)
2. SOLDERING of ICs
3. OSCILLATOR (CLK) (SYSTEM CLK: 24MHz, MODEM CLK: 24MHz)
4. RESET
5. SIGNALS
ADDRESS BUS (A0~A15)
DATA BUS (D0~D7)
READ, WRITE (RD, WR)
CS (Chip select) (ROMCS, MDMCS)
"Board doesn't work" means that board has any problems in these most basic things.
This document is going to explaining the order of repair with flow chart at first and then explaining individual point of
those items in detail.
--- MEMO --MDM:

CLK:
ROM:
RAM:
RTC:
adr:
RD:
WR:
modem (modulator/demodulator)
clock
read only memory
random access memory (SRAM: static RAM. DRAM: dynamic RAM)
real time clock
address
read
write
|54 |
KX-F910BX
(2) CHECK LCD ON THE MACHINE
If the digital board had broken, machine does not react at all and black square will be on the LCD.
There are 5 processes to display some letters (12:00 AM) on LCD.
If processes were not complete, black square will be on the LCD.
1. POWER ON
NG
If defective is in the power

line, LCD doesn't change.
LCD
2. OSC
NG
black square
LCD
3. RESET
NG
black square
LCD
4. Read the data in the ROM
(program start)
NG
black square
LCD
5. Make peripherals initial
NG
black square
LCD
12:00 AM
Monitoring (KEY IN)
|55 |
LCD
KX-F910BX
(3) PROCEDURE FROM OUR EXPERIENCE TO FIX
Power ON
plug the AC cord
Look at LCD
No reaction
Check
power line
(Refer to page 58)
LCD
Black squares or any charactor come.
LCD
No reaction means that Power line is

broken (short-circuit).
Turn over and take

bottom cover off.
BE CAREFUL!
GND
This is the TEST with AC power on.
Oscilloscope
AC
Is pin 101 of ASIC 5V?
like a wave form below
not 5V
RESET volatge
RESET is fixed at 5V
5V
Check the voltge of

testing points.
(Refer to next page)
|56 |
Check detail.
(Refer to page 58)
KX-F910BX
Pleas check the status (voltage) of pin 56, pin 58 and pin 60 of IC1.
These status may tell you defective point. (Please use the ROM for IC status checked) [Ref No. EC22]
Oscilloscope
or
TESTER
AC
status (voltage) of check points
This could be
defective point
Please check here!
IC1 (ASIC)
pin 56
pin 58
pin 60
SRAM
IC3
0v
0v
5v
IC3,IC1 (pin 48)
MODEM
IC11
0v
5v
5v
IC11 (pin 95, pin 116),RA1,RA2
OPE.PANEL
IC301
5v
0v
0v
IC1 (pin 14~17, pin 20)

R79~R86
Thermal Head
TEMP.
5v
0v
5v
R47~R49, C37~C39
IC1 ( pin 38, pin 49)
Note: If the thermal head temperature is
abnormal, "CALL SERVICE" will appear in
the dispaly.
Cordless
0v
5v
0v
ALL OK
0v
0v
0v
Change the Cordless Base unit P.C.B.
Please check soldering and conduction of these components.

If it is no problem, replace ICs.
If you still have problem, please go to "3-1 check detail" (page 58).
|57 |
GND
KX-F910BX
(1) CHECKING DETAIL
Please check the soldering first, it comes from our experience.
Checking soldering
Big ICs and resistor arry
Check soldering
(Refer to page 67)
IC1 RA1, RA2

IC3 RA3, RA4
IC11
Visual check soldering.
OK
Checking soldering
OSC wave form.
(Refer to page 59)
SYS. CLK (pin 96 of IC1) 12 MHz?
Check wave form on the

ICs and BUS line.
(Refer to page 60)
Replace IC.
(2) POWER SUPPLY (5V, 24V)
@ With AC power off

Please check Short Circuit of power line.
1. 5V line at CN1 between pin 6 and 4 pin, is it short?
2. 24V line at CN1 between pin 2 and 3 pin, is it short?
A With AC power on
Please check voltage of power line.
1. 5V line at CN1 between pin 6 and 4 pin is 5V?
2. 24V line at CN1 between pin 2 and 3 pin is 24V?
|58 |
5V
CPUCLK
OV
XTEST
KX-F910BX
(3) OSCILLATOR (CLK)
SYSTEM CLK: 24 MHz,
MODEM CLK: 24 MHz
24 MHz SYSTEM CLK

(pin 96 of ASIC:IC1)
This point is 1/2 the MHz of the
SYSTEM CLK 12MHz.
50 nsec/div
0V
24 MHz MODEM CLK

(pin 70 of MODEM:IC11)
This point is 1/2 the MHz of the
MODEM CLK 12MHz.
5V
5V
50 nsec/div
0V
(4) RESET
RESET signal makes system initial state just after power on.
If RESET signal is defect, please check IC11 and components that is connected to these ICs.
Check reset voltage 5v?

power on
power line 5V
5v
RESET
5v
(pin 101of IC1 : ASIC)

reset time apx. 175msec
NG
0v
NG
4.3msec
This wave form means another problem, it is not caused by RESET circuit
Please see the item : "CHECK WAVE FORM"
|59 |
KX-F910BX
(5) CHECK WAVE FORM
This check needs 4 channels digital storage oscilloscope higher than 400 MHz.
START
Any wave form on the line .

(AD, D0, ROMCE, RD)
NO
If still no reaction replace

ASIC and check again.
Check again power line,

oscillation (12 MHz),
RESET?
YES
Refer to page 61
Does wave form on A0, D0,
ROMCE, RD seem to good?
YES
Address to SRAM or
MODEM may unsuceed.
(Refer to pages 63~65)
NO
Refer to page 62
Active term of ROMCE is
longer than normal?
NO
Check operation panel I/F

Check the lines that connect to CN5
from ASIC (IC1).
If no problem on the lines replace
ASIC (IC1).
YES
Is RESET coming frequently?

(every 4 msec)
NO
Watch dog error frequently

makes RESET active because
address or data is confused
by any problem on Address,
Data bus.
RESET is
no problem
Address to SRAM or
MODEM may unsuceed.
Refer to pages 63~65.
|60 |
YES
Check bus line

short circuit
open
voltage
KX-F910BX
Let's observe the wave form to fix the defective IC.
Please observe A0, D0, ROMCE, RD by using digital oscilloscope.
Below graph show you the wave form that is observed when unit
(board) is working correctly. Both graph are good wave. Wave
form is rapidly changing by one (like below graph). Because many
kind of data or program are rapidly executed,
so you can see some kind of wave forms that is seem to below
graph.
T
1/ T
V
A0
D0
ROMCE
RD
SRAMCS:
MDMCS
: pin 132 of ASIC (IC1)

: pin 131 of ASIC (IC1)
: pin 22 of ROM (IC2)
: pin 24 of ROM (IC2)
: pin 20 of SRAM(IC3)
: pin 54 of MODEM(IC11)
Time/div
W1
500ns
A0
W2
5s
Position
W1
7.25s
W2
25.00s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
21.25s
47.06kHz
-4.8 V
RD
OK
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
7.25s
Roll
Off
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
500ns/div
Length 100
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
-13.75s
V
5.0 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
0.2 V
T
1/ T
V
12.25s
Time/div
W1
500ns
A0
W2
5s
Position
W1
-17.75s
W2
-24.80s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
21.25s
47.06k Hz
-4.8 V
RD
OK
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
-17.75s
Roll
Off
-12.75s
|61 |
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
500ns/div
Length 100
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
-13.75s
V
5.0 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
0.2 V
location
name
KX-F910BX
The graphs below show you the wave form that is observed when unit (board) doesn't work. (A3 is intentionally opened at
pin 135 of ASIC in this board.)
Please check that active (low level) term of ROMCE is longer than good wave form, **ROMCE is active (low level) excepting RESET is active.** and RESET is frequently coming on every 4 msec.
In the case of this wave form ASIC (IC1), ROM (IC2) or on the way of bus line route is possibly defect. If soldering, conductance is no problem, we need to replace these ICs.
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
500ns/div
Length 100
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
9.65s
V
4.7 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
4.9 V
T
1/ T
V
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
Time/div
W1
500s
W2
5s
Position
W1
6.20s
W2
25.00s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
-2.15s
Too long
NG
465.1k Hz
0.2 V
RD
Time
Time Base
Internal
-39.9V
6.20s
Roll
Off
11.20s
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
1ms/div
Length 100
W2
10ms/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
10ksps
Marker 1
T
576.5ms
V
4.8 V
Marker 2
T
15.0ms
V
0.2 V
T
1/ T
V
-561.5ms
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
W2
10ms
Position
W1
575.0ms
W2
50.2ms
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
Too long
NG
1.781 Hz
-4.6 V
RST
RESET
Time
Time Base
Internal
Time/div
W1
1ms
RESET
-40.0V
575.0ms
Roll
Off
585.0ms
|62 |
KX-F910BX
Please observe A0, D0, ROMCE, MDMCS.
Below graph show you the wave form that is observed when unit (board) is working correctly. Both graph are good wave.
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
Time/div
W1
5s
W2
5s
Position
W1
2083.20s
W2
25.10s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
T -2091.30s
1/ T
478.2 Hz
V
-4.6 V
OK
MDMCS
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
2083.20s
Roll
Off
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
5s/div
Length
1k
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
2376.70s
V
0.4 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
5.0 V
2133.20s
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
W2
5s
Position
W1
2384.60s
W2
25.10s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
T -2369.20s
1/ T
422.1 Hz
V
4.6 V
OK
MDMCS
Time
Time Base
Internal
Time/div
W1
5s
-40.0V
2384.60s
Roll
Off
2434.60s
|63 |
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
5s/div
Length
1k
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
2098.80s
V
5.0 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
0.4 V
KX-F910BX
The graphs below show you the wave form that is observed when MODEM doesn't work. (Oscillation is not intentionally
supplied to MDM.)
Please compare OK form to NG form.
MDMCS (pin 54 of IC11) signal is coming many times more than good wave form.
In the case of this wave form MODEM doesn't work. If soldering, conductance is no problem, we need to replace MODEM
(IC11).
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
5s/div
Length
1k
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
352.95s
V
0.2 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
5.0 V
T
1/ T
V
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
Time/div
W1
5s
W2
5s
Position
W1
327.95ms
W2
25.10ms
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
-345.45s
NG
2.895k Hz
4.8 V
MDMCS
Too many MDMCS
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
327.95s
Roll
Off
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
5s/div
Length
1k
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
352.95s
V
0.2 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
5.0 V
T
1/ T
V
377.95s
Time/div
W1
5s
A0
W2
5s
Position
W1
1347.40s
W2
25.10s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
-345.45s
NG
2.895kHz
4.8 V
MDMCS
Too many
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
1347.40s
Roll
Off
1397.40s
|64 |
KX-F910BX
Below graph show you the wave form that is observed when SRAM doesn't work. (BUS line at SRAM is intentionally
opened.) Please compare OK (under) to NG (upper). SRAMCS (pin 20 of IC3) signal is coming like clock.
In the case of this wave form SRAM access doesn't work. If soldering, conductance is no problem, we need to replace
SRAM (IC3).
Trigger
CH1/2
MEM1 MEM2
A0
Time/div
W1
5s
W2
5s
Position
W1
1347.40s
W2
25.10s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
T -1364.90s
1/ T
732.7 Hz
V
-4.8 V
SRAMCS
NG
Like clock
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
1347.40s
Roll
Off
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
2s/div
Length 400
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
1372.40s
V
5.0 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
5.0 V
1397.40s
Time/div
W1
2s
A0
W2
5s
Position
W1
1362.40s
W2
25.10s
Time Base
D0
Internal
External
ROMCS
T -1364.90s
1/ T
732.7 Hz
V
0.0 V
SRAMCS
OK
Time
Time Base
Internal
-40.0V
1362.40s
Roll
Off
1382.40s
|65 |
CH1
5V/div
CH2
5V/div H1 W1
CH3
5V/div 10.0V
CH4
5V/div
W1
5s/div
Length
1k
W2
5s/div
Length
1k
Sampling
Normal
20Msps
Marker 1
T
1372.40s
V
5.0 V
Marker 2
T
7.50s
V
0.2 V
KX-F910BX
(6) CHECK SOLDERING
We should check soldering at first.
Because many problem are caused by a defective soldering.
How to Visual-Check the soldering

Defective soldering (shorted, un-welded, oxidized...) doesn't have a good looking outward.
In order words outward (gloss, brightness, form) is important for soldering. So we should do visual inspection.
A basis of soldering is skirt!

Smooth skirt is shaped by surface tension as melting cream solder in reflow machine or lifting P.C. Board
from DIP.
Section of Soldering Skirt
SMT (QFP. SOP) parts : ASIC, MDM, SRAM
SMT (PLCC) parts : CODEC
skirt
skirt
Leaded parts
Chip parts Resistor array
skirt
skirt
|66 |
KX-F910BX
COLD (nu-welded) SOLDERING

CHIP PARTS (section)
SMT PARTS
cold soldering
LEADED PARTS
RA
RESISTOR ARRY
(section)
cold soldering
cold soldering
SHORTED SOLDERING
SMT PARTS
shorted
LEADED PARTS
CHIP PARTS
(section)
shorted
shorted
|67 |
cold soldering
KX-F910BX
3-8. ANALOG BOARD SECTION
For example
Returns from the customer has 2 of the defects.
complaint
HANDSET transmitting
SP-PHONE transmitting
How can you repair this unit?

We usually check the signal flow with the circuit schematic.
(If defect is only one item, we check only one of the signal routes.
Maybe something is defective on that route.)
If there is more than one defect, you need to check some of the routes.
At first, you should check the area where there are common components on
these signal routes.
Please see the check sheet (next page).
|68 |
KX-F910BX
CHECK SHEET
(SYMPTOM)
ITEMS TO CHECK
signal
ROUTE
IN
OUT
SP-PHONE Tx
MIC-J270-C138-IC109(13-27)-R145-IC151 (75-63)-C203-R210-IC201 (2-1)-C202-R201-T101TEL LINE
SP-PHONE Rx
TEL LINE-T101-R202-C205-IC201(6-7)-C210-C173-R172-R173-C174-IC151(59-71)-C142-R143-
Portable
PORTABLE HANDSET
Handset Tx
MIC-R283-C214-Q208-C233-R232-IC202(19-17)-C232-R231-IC202(16-13)-R230R228-R227-IC202(11-10)-C225-R229-VR201-R458-R410-TX VCO-R459-C412-R460-IC401(4-2)C409-C408-Q402-C405-Q401-L422-FL401-L421-C492-L406-ANTTENA- RF UNIT L306-C392-L319FL302-Q304-C322-Q303-C328-IC301(23-13)-FL303-Q305-C338-IC302(16-3)-FL304-IC302(5-9)-
R322-R335-CN301(3)- CORDLESS BASE UNIT CN502(3)-VR501-C540-R593-Q511-R505-C553-C536-R579R578-R577-IC502(2-5)R576-C534-R575-R562-R561-R557-R558-C561-L506-CN501(5)- ANALOG BOARD

CN153(5)-R160-C159-IC151(50-63)-C203-R210-IC201(2-1)-C202-R201-T101(2-5)-C109-R116Q101-D101-R102-L105-R101-POS101-TEL JACK
Portable
ANALOG BOARD
Handset Rx
TEL JACK-POS101-R101-L105-R102-D101-Q101-R116-C109-T101(5-2)-R202-C205IC201(6-7)-C210-C173-R172-R173-C174-IC151(59-35)-C193-CN153(6)-CORDLESS BASE UNIT CN501(6)-
IC109 (22-30)-C145-IC109 (4-7)-R146-C146-IC151 (40-38)-R245-C245-IC241 (4-5,8)-SPEAKER
L507-C571-R553-C572-C518-IC502(21-20)-C568-R569-IC502(19-17)-R570-C522-IC502(16-13)R571-R573-R574-IC502(11-10)-C537-R581-R582-VR502-CN502(10)RF UNIT CN301(10)-R358-R310TX VCO-R359-C312-R360-IC301(4-2)-C309-C308-Q302-C305-Q301-C303-FL301-C354-C392L306-ANTTENA-PORTABLE HANDSET L406-C492-C491-L419-FL402-L420-Q404-C422-Q403-C428IC401(23-13)-FL403-Q405-C438-IC402(16-3)-FL404-IC402(5-9)-R432-R435-VR202-C235-R224R223-IC202(2-5)-R225--C217-IC203(3-4)-C259-R247-C238-R234-IC208(4-5, 8)-SPEAKER

DTMF
monitor
Speaker
DTMF for TEL LINE

FAX Tx
{IC11(44)------C73---R90-IC10 (6-7)-CN1(10)}-CN271(10)-C184-R184-IC151(76-41)-C158C74
R161--IC151(40-38)-R245-C245-IC241(4-5,8)-SPEAKER
{IC11(44)-----C73---R90-IC10 (6-7)-CN1(10)}-CN271(10)-C184-R182-IC151(73-63)-C203-R210C74
-IC201(2-1)-C202-R201-T101-TEL LINE
Beep for TEL LINE
{IC1(86)-CN1(11)}-CN271(11)-R185-C186-IC151(77-63)-C203-R210-IC201(2-1)-C202-R201-T101-TEL LINE
Dummy Ring
Back tone
{IC1(85,87)--- R59-C56---CN2(1)}-CN272(1)-R186-C187-IC151(78-63)-C203-R210-IC201(2-1)-C202
R60-C57
-R201--T101-TEL LINE
Ringing
{IC1(85,87)--- R59-C56---CN2(1)}-CN272(1)-R186-C187-IC151(78-41)-C158-R161-IC151(40-38)R60-C57
R245-C245-IC241(4-5,8)-SPEAKER
Alarm/Beep/Key tone
{IC1(86)-CN1(11)}-CN271(11)-R185-C186-IC151(77-41)-C158-R161-IC151(40-38)-R245-C245IC241(4-5,8)-SPEAKER
CNG / DTMF/VOX
detection
TEL LINE-T101-R202-C205-IC201(6-7)-C210-C212-R215-C213-IC202(1-2)-C217-CN271(9){CN1(9)-R97-IC10(2-1)-C82-R95-IC11(45)}
FAX Rx
Note:
{
|69 |
}: digital board
KX-F910BX
(1) Defective ITS (Integrated telephone system) section

1 No speakerphone transmission/reception
Following the ITS section or NCU section, search for the route between the microphone and
the telephone line (sending) or between the telephone line and the speaker (receiving) where the signal disappears.
Check the components at that point.
2 No pulse dialing
Does the voltage at 3 pin of
IC151 change between high
level and low level?
YES
NO
Replace PC102.
Does the voltage at 3 pin of

IC151 change between high
level and low level?
Check the pulse dial circuit.
YES
Replace PC102 or R281.
NO
Check IC151.
4 No tone dialing
3 No ring tone
Check the Bell detection
circuit.
Is the Bell detection circuit

OK?
YES
Does a ring tone
signal appear at 44
pins of IC11 (digital
board)?
Does a DTMF signal appear

at 44 pins of IC11 (digital
board)?
Replace IC11.
YES
Replace IC11.
YES
NO
NO
NO
Following the NCU section and ITS section

and search for the point on the route between
44 pins of IC11 and the telephone jack.
Where the signal disappears.
Following the ITS section and search

for the point on the route between
the modem and the speaker where
the signal disappears.
|70 |
KX-F910BX
(2) Defective TAM interface section
1 Not arriving in TAM, FAX turn on.
Is the installed bell ring number of TAM less than that of
KX-F910BX?
NO
Install a bell ring number of

TAM less than that of KX-F910BX.
YES
2 A FAX is coming but won't switch from TAM to FAX

Printing?
YES
Wait.
NO
CNG
Is the FAX from the other

party CNG or no-sound?
NO SOUND
Check the path to the modem input and refer

to the TAM INTERFACE SECTION.
Check VOX circuit and refer to the

TAM INTERFACE SECTION.
See the CHECK SHEET and SCHEMATIC.
3 A voice is coming in but switches to FAX
Check the VOX circuit and refer to the

TAM INTERFACE SECTION.
Hint: You can monitor the VOX signal on service mode 815.
When a VOX (sound) is detected, "Vx" will be shown on the LCD.
|71 |
Check the EXT. TAM Hook

detection circuit.
RL101, VAR1, R103, PC105
KX-F910BX
3-9. POWER SUPPLY SECTION
(1) Key components for troubleshooting
The following components have been known to break frequently :
F101, D101, Q101, IC101, D201, D202
This comes from our experience of experimental test. For example : power supply,
lighting surge voltage test, withstanding voltage test, intentional short circuit test.....etc.
Caution:
If you find a melted fuse in the unit, don't turn the power on without repairing the unit first. (Except the fuse.)
If you do the fuse will melt again. It has not been repaired. The cause exists same where else.
Because of circuit compostion :
If 24V is not output, don't output.
In most cases (our experience) the symptom is that nothing is output.
There is a high possibility in the primary side more than the secondary side.
POWER SUPPLY BLOCK DIAGRAM

primary
AC INPUT
secondary
T101
Input
circuit
Rectifier
circuit
Converting
circuit
24V
output
circuit
Q101
OUTPUT
+24V
GND
DC-DC
converter
circuit
Control
circuit
Over
current
circuit
+5V
(IC101)
Voltage feed
back circuit
DUMMY LOAD to check voltage

1
5V
6
25
2W
3
CN302
V 5V 5%
24.5V 4% V
4
GND
CN301
1200
1W
5
6
24V
24.5V 4%
GND
5V 5%
24V
5V
7
8
V :Voltage Meter
|72 |
KX-F910BX
(2) Troubleshooting flow chart
Our recommendation for troubleshooting is as follows.
This procedure comes from our experience of troubleshooting in our lab.
Before turning on the power supply, you should check F101.
NO
ls F101 open?
YES
Replace F101.
D101 is short.
NO
YES
Replace D101.
NO
D-G(Q101) short?
YES
Replace Q101,D104,
R107,R114,R121 and
IC101.
D-S(Q101) short?
YES
Replace Q101.
(Next Page)
|73 |
NO
S-G(Q101) short?
YES
Replace Q101.
NO
KX-F910BX
5V check
24V output OK?
NO
YES
5V,check
(DC-DC converter check)
Replace Q201.
Replace IC101.
5V output OK?
24V output OK?
NO
NO
YES
5V,check
D201 short?
Replace D203.
5V output OK?
YES
Replace D201.
Replace IC202.
24V output OK?
NO
YES
5V,check
5V output OK?
NO
24V-GND short?
Replace D204.
YES
Replace
D202,PC101and IC201.
5V output OK?
24V output OK?
NO
YES
5V,check
Replace the whole board.

(It is difficult to fix by testing other parts.)
|74 |
Replace peripheral circuit of IC202
KX-F910BX
(3) The broken parts repairing details
(D101)
Check short-circuit of terminal 4. If D101 is short-circuited, F101 will be melted (open). So in this case,
replace the 60th parts (D101, F101).
(Q101)
The worst case of Q101 is a short-circuit between the Drain and Gate because damage expands to IC101.
This is due to of very high voltage through the Gate circuit which is composed of D104, R107, R114 and
R121. Then you should change all of the parts listed as follows:
(IC101)
Occasionally, it exists as the sole case of a broken IC101. You should exchange.
(D201)
If D201 is broken, the oscillation circuit of the power supply cannot operate. Check it with an electric tester.
(D202)
Occasionally, this part short-circuits. In this case, you can listen to the click sound of intermittent oscillation*.
Check the resistance between 24V and GND.
*Intermittent Oscillation:
This happens when the power supply balance is broken and loads as a perfect open or short-circuit of
output. The graph of Intermittent Oscillation is shown as follow.
No Oscillation
Oscillation
|75 |
F101, Q101, D104, R107, R114, R121, IC101.
KX-F910BX
3-10. OPERATION BOARD SECTION

(1) No key operation
YES
Repair the keys.
Is the Key always pressed?
NO
Check IC301
(operation board)
Check disconnection of CN5

(digital board) or CN301
(operation board).
(2) No LCD indication

Is the disconnection of the
cable and connector between
the LCD and Operation board
OK?
NO
YES
Replace the LCD.
NG
Check IC301.
|76 |
Repair.
KX-F910BX
3-11. SENSOR SECTION
(1) Check the read position sensor(PI301)
NG
Check the voltage at pin 15 of IC301

Document set OV
No document 4~5V
Check the soldering at R333.
OK
When the pin

16 of IC301 is
low level.
Check the soldering

at R331.
OK
Replace PI301.
Replace IC301.
(2) Check the document sensor (PI302)

Document set 4~5V
When the pin
No document 0V
9 of IC301 is
NG
OK
Check the soldering

at R332.
OK
low level.
OK
Replace PI302.
Replace IC301.
(3) Check the cover open sensor(SW271)

Open cover: 4~5V
Close cover: 0V
NG
OK
Check the soldering

at R272
OK
OK
Replace SW271.
Replace IC151.
|77 |
OK
KX-F910BX
(4) Check the recording paper sensor (SW273)

Present recording paper: 0V
Out of recording paper: 4~5V
NG
OK

OK
OK
Replace SW273.
Replace IC151.
(5) Check the jam sensor (SW272)

jam: 0V
No jam: 4~5V
NG
OK

OK
OK
Replace SW272.
Replace IC151.
|78 |
KX-F910BX
3-12. READ SECTION
NO
Clean the surface of the glass.
Is the glass surface of reading section

clean?
YES
NG
Copy a document.
OK
END
LED lamp of the read section light?
(Service code : 555)
NO
YES
Check the connection between CN7

and LED lamp.
NG
OK
B
(Next page)
Is the voltage at pin 1 of CN7 +24V?

NO
Is the voltage at pin 62 or IC1 4~5V?
OK
YES
Is the voltage at
pin 16 of IC7
0.6~7V?
Replace LED lamp.
NO
Check IC1 or replace IC1.
YES
Replace IC7.
Check the
pattern between
IC7 and CN7.
NO
Repair the connection.
|79 |
Perform the scanner test.
KX-F910BX
NO
Is the amplitude at pins 2~5 of CN6

4~5 Vp-p?
Take out cable from CN6, and

check the amplitude at pins 2~5
of CN6 (4~5 Vp-p).
YES
NG
OK
NO
Is the voltage at pin 1 of CN6 +5 V?
Check CCD board.

(Refer to page 81)
YES
Check power supply
section.
(Refer to page 72)
Check the solder at pins 50~53 of IC1.
OK
Replace IC1.
Check the waveform of CCD and read

section. (Refer to page 82)
|80 |
KX-F910BX
Perform the scanner test. (Refer to page 97)
NO
Is the amplitude at pins 2~5 of CN801 (CCD

board ) 4~5 Vp-p?
Check the waveform at pin 7 of

CN801(CCD board).
(Refer to page 83)
NG
OK
NG
OK
Check the solder at pins 50~53
of IC1.(Digital board)
Check the short at pins 2~5 of

CN801. (CCD board)
END
OK
OK
Check the waveform
at pin 1 of IC801
(CCD board).
(Refer to page 83)
NG
Replace IC1.
Check R830.
OK
Replace Q801, Q802,

Q803 (CCD board), or
perform CCD adjust.
Check R830.
OK
Replace IC801. (CCD board)
|81 |
NG
Replace R830. (CCD board)
Take out CN801 (CCD board), and check the

amplitude at pins 2~5 of CN6 (Digital board).
(4~5 Vp-p).
YES
KX-F910BX
waveform of read section
1 CCD
about
1.01.0
Vp-p
about
Vp-p
CH1 GND
5 Vp-p
CH2 GND
2 GATE
Oscilloscope setting
V: CH1
0.5 V/div
CH2
5 V/div
DC couple, CHOP mode
H: 1 msec / div
Trigger: CH2 SLOPE (+)
Probe point: GND Test point AG
CH1 Test point VID
CH2 Test point FTG
Waveform:
@ CH1: CCD signal

A CH2 FTG: GATE signal (trigger)
Note: This waveform will be shown when the CCD reads

the white plate of document cover.
|82 |
KX-F910BX
3 -1
about
0.6Vpp
0.5 V/div
AC couple
about
1.0Vp-p
0.5 V/div
AC couple
about
1.5V
1 V/div
DC couple
1.5V
GND
No.
CH1 probe point
3 -1
IC801 pin 1 (CCD Board)
3 -2
CN801 pin 7 (CCD Board)
IC1 pin 39 (AMON) (Digital board)
|83 |
3 -2
KX-F910BX
3-13. THERMAL HEAD SECTION
Is the voltage at pin 8 of CN251.
(Analog Board) 0~1 V? (When copying)
NO
YES
Is the voltage at pins

5,6 of CN301 23~24 V? (Power unit )
Is the voltage at pin 119

of IC1 4~5 V? (Digital
Board)
NO
YES
YES
NO
Is the amplitude at
pins 1, 4~7 of CN11
4~5 Vp-p?
NO
Check switching power

supply section.
(Refer to page 72)
Check the solder at pin

119 of IC1 or pin 8 of
CN251.
YES
Take out CN11 and check the
amplitude again.
NG
Check the voltage at pin

38 of IC1, 3 V (0 ) V 2V
(65 ) about 2.6V (25 ).
OK
NO
Is the amplitude at pins

1~3 of CN11 4~5 Vp-p?
Check the solde at pins

22, 25~28 of IC1 or replace IC1. (Digital Board)
OK
Check IC1.
YES
Check R47, R48, R49,

C37, C38 and C39.
Check the cable of CN11
and CN301. (Power unit)
Take out CN11 and
check the amplitude
again.
OK
NG
Replace the thermal
head.
OK
Replace thermal head.
Check the solder at pins

23, 24 of IC1.
|84 |
NG
KX-F910BX
3-14. CORDLESS SECTION
(1) Battery won't charge (Cordless Base unit)
Plug in the AC power source.
NO
YES
Is the voltage between + and 12 V?
Check D505,R655,R656.
Check the
charge circuit.
(Refer to page 173)
YES
Is the voltage of
pin 34 of MPU
4.1 V?
YES
NO
Is the voltage of Q510 NO

collector about
7.0 V?
NO
Check around
MPU (IC501).
: resolding
Check battery
YES
Is pin 14 of MPU
4.9 V?
NO
NO
Does the MPU clock NO
oscillate?
YES
YES
IC501 8pin
Check around LED.
Is pin 9 of
MPU HIGH?
YES
Check Reset
Line.
(MPU IC501 9pin)
(2) Battery won't charge (Portable handset)

Check the contact between
the battery pack and the
Portable handset.
Is the voltage at cathode of

Diode D13, D11 about 5.4 V?
NO
Check D11, D12, D13

and D14.
Note: When charge after

removing the battery.
YES
Check R71, R72, D3
and the battery.
|85 |
Is the charge LED lit?
KX-F910BX
(3) No voice reception

Does the modulation
factor become 2.7 kHz
deviation. when -30 dBm
is input to the base unit?
NO
Is there an output
waveform at pin 6 of
CN501?
YES
Is there an output
IC502?
YES
Is there an output
NO
waveform on the collector
of Q15 (Portable handset)?
NO
Check the
Analog board.
Check RF
unit, VR202
and IC202.
YES
(Refer to page 68)
NO Check around
IC502.
: resolding
Is there an output
IC1?
NO
Check around
IC1.
YES
Check SPEAKER.
YES
Check RF unit
(cordless base unit).
(Refer to page 110 112)
(4) No voice transmission
Does the microphone of the

portable handset work.
NO
Check around the

microphone.
YES
Dose the modulation factor
become 5.5 kHz Devi.
when -19 dBm is input to
the portable handset
microphone terminal?
YES
Is there an output
waveform on the
collector of Q503
base unit?
NO
Is there an output waveform on
the collector of Q19?
NO
Check around
Q19.
NO Check RF unit,
Q503.
YES
Is there an output at
pin 30 of IC502?
NO Check around
IC502.
YES
Is there an output waveform at
pin 24 of IC1?
NO
Check around
IC1.
YES
Is there an output at
pin 5 of CN501?
YES
YES
Check RF part (portable
handset).
Check the Analog

borad.
|86 |
NO
Check signal
line.
KX-F910BX
(5) No link
1 How to check whether the portable handset or the cordless base unit
LINK FAILURE
YES
Charge another OK portable handset

in cordless base unit; link OK?
PORTABLE HANDSET NG
(Set the test mode)
[Refer to item (1) of page 107]
NO
YES
CORDLESS BASE UNIT NG

(Set the test mode)
[Refer to item (2) of page 110]
2 Link condition
1. Transmitting power OK? (Cordless base unit: +14 4 dBm; portable handset: +12 dBm 4 dB)
2. Transmitting frequency OK? (CH1 cordless base unit: 904.0125 MHz 2 kHz; portable handset:814.0125 MHz 2 kHz)
3. Reception OK? (CH1 cordless base unit: 814.0125 MHz ; portable handset: 904.0125 MHz, f=1 kHz, MOD=3 kHz DEV)
4. SQL (20 dB detection) signal OK? (When SG is ON: "high"; when SG is OFF: "Low")
5. Transmittion link data OK? (cordless base unit: 1984 Hz and 992 Hz frequencies mixed; portable handset: 1984 Hz
and 992 Hz frequencies mixed)
6. Reception link data OK? (portable handset: 1984 Hz and 992 Hz frequencies mixed; cordless base unit: 1984 Hz
and 992 Hz frequencies mixed)
High level
3 Analysis of defect locations
Base Unit: Approx 5V

Handset: Approx 4V
Set the test mode
YES
Transmitting power OK?
NO
(Check TX VCO voltage,

VTXP signal and VTX signal.)
(page 88)
YES
NO
Transmitting frequency OK?
I
NO
(Check RX VCO
voltage and VRX signal.)
(page 88)
YES
SQL (20 dB detection) signal OK?
(Check TX VCO voltgae.)
(page 88)
YES
Reception OK?
NO
Base Unit: IC502 pin 48

Handset: IC1 pin 48
(Check 20 dB adjustment
value.)
(page 89)
YES
Transmittion link data OK?
NO
RF Unit: pin 6 MOD signal
(Check microcomputer
data sending signal line.)
(page 89)
YES
Reception link data OK?
NO
Base Unit: IC502 pin 3

Handset: IC1 pin 3
YES
Cordless base unit and
portable handset link test.
|87 |
(Check RX data signal line.)

(page 89)
Charge portable handset in another

OK cordless base unit; link OK?
KX-F910BX
A
High level
Check TX VCO voltage,

VTXP signal and VTX signal.
RF unit
(VTXP = "high"?)
(VTX = "high"?)

Handset: Approx 4V
NO
Check signal line.
YES
NO
TX VCO voltage OK?
Check TX VCO circuit.
YES
TX VCO voltage
Base Unit: 1.5V 1V
Handset: 1.5V 1V
Check RST. SI, CPS

and LD signal lines.
G
(page 87)
B
Check TX VCO voltage.
NO
TX VCO voltage OK?
YES
TX VCO voltage
Base Unit:1.5V 1V
(see pages 110 112)
Handset: 1.5V 1V
(see pages 107 109)
Check TX VCO circuit.
Check RST, SI, CPS

(page 87)
C
High level
Check RX VCO voltage and

VRX signal.
RF unit
(VRX = "high"?)

Handset: Approx 4V
NO
Check VRX signal line.
YES
NO
RX VCO voltage OK?
Check RX VCO circuit.
YES
TX VCO voltage
Base Unit: 1.5V 1V
Handset: 1.5V 1V
Check RST, SI, CPS

I
(page 87)
|88 |
KX-F910BX
D
Check 20 dB adjustment
value.
When signal generator

is ON, Base Unit IC502
48 pin="low", Handset
IC1 48 pin="low"?
(or "C" mark lights)
NO
Re-adjust to 20 dB. (see pages 107 112)

NO
Is re-adjustment possible?
YES
YES
When signal generator is
OFF, Base Unit IC502
4 pin="high", Handset IC1
48 pin="high"?
(or "C" mark goes off)
YES
NO
Check peripheral circuits of

cordless base unit (Q503, IC502 pins 54, 55)
portable handset (Q15, IC1 pins 54, 55).
J
(page 87)
E
Check microcomputer data
sending line.
Check cordless base unit IC502

pin 25 and portable handset IC1
pin 25.)
NO
RF unit pin 6 MOD
signal = "data waveform"
OK?
YES
K
(page 87)
F
Check RX data line.
RX data signal OK?

Cordless base unit :IC502 pin 3
Portable handset :IC1 pin 3
NO
Check cordless base unit IC502 peripheral circuits.

Check portable handset IC1.
YES
L
(page 87)
|89 |
Check peripheral circuits of

cordless base unit (Q503, IC502 pins 54, 55)
portable handset (Q15, IC1 pins 54, 55).
KX-F910BX
4 No link (Portable handset TX)
Is the data waveform input to

NO
pin 14 of CPU during charging?
Check around Q2.
YES
Does TALK LED(D10) light up
when the TALK switch of the
portable handset is pressed?
NO
Check around
battery, IC6 and
IC4.
YES
Is the data of the portable
NO
handset output from CPU(IC6)?
Check R159.
Is pin 19 of CPU
(IC6) "HIGH"?
YES
YES
Check around
pins 38~41 of CPU(IC6).
Check RF part.
5 No link (Portable handset RX)
Is signal output to pin 3 of IC1

collector when the data signal
is sent from the base unit?
NO
Check RF part, IC1

and Q15.
: resolding
YES
Is signal input to pin 21
of IC6?
NO
Check around IC6.
YES
Does pin 19 of CPU become
LOW when a signal is input?
NO
NO
Check around
NOISE AMP(IC1).
YES
Check around CPU(IC6).
|90 |
Check around
NOISE AMP(IC1).
KX-F910BX
6 No link (Base unit RX)
NO
Is the ID data output from
CONT terminal during charging?
Check Q509 and

IC501.
YES
Is the data signal output to pin 1 NO

of RF unit during conversation
with the portable handset?
Check RF unit.
YES
NO
Check around
IC502.
Does pin 68 of IC501 become NO

LOW when a signal is input?
Check around
NOISE AMP
(IC502).
Is the data signal output to

pin 3 of IC502?
YES
YES
Check around IC501.
7 No link (Base unit TX)
Does the IN USE flash

when the INTERCOM key is
pressed?
NO
Check around the

IC501.
NO
Is pin 68 of IC501
HIGH?
YES
Is there data output of the
base unit from IC501?
Check pin 27~30 of IC501.
YES
Check RF unit.
YES
Check around pin
27~30 of IC501.
|91 |
NO
Check around
NOISE AMP
(IC502).
KX-F910BX
4. PROGRAMMING AND LISTS
The programming functions are used to program the various features and functions of the machine, and to test the
machine. Programming can be done in both the on-hook and off-hook conditions. This facilitates communication
between the user and the service while programming the machine.
4-1. OPERATION
There are 2 basic categories of programming functions, the User Mode and the Service Mode. The Service Mode is
further broken down into the normal and the special programs. The normal programs are those listed in the
Operating instructions and available to the user. The special programs are those listed only here and not displayed
to the user. In both User and Service Mode, there are Set Functions and Test Functions. The Set Functions are
used to program various features and functions, and the Test Functions are used to test various functions .
The Set Functions are accessed by entering their code, changing the appropriate value, then pressing the SET key.
The test Functions are accessed by entering their code and pressing the key listed on the menu. While programming,
to cancel any entry, press the STOP key.
4-2. OPERATION FLOW

(1) TEST mode
User mode
(user programmable)
Programming
PRINT mode (prints out the list to confirm

the set values)
(2) SET mode
Service mode
Normal
(3) SET mode
PRINT mode (prints out the
(not user programmable)
Special
(4) SET mode
list to confirm the set values)
(5) TEST mode
Operating Procedure
MENU button
LCD
SYSTEM SET UP
LCD
SETUP ITEM [
Follow the instructions on the LCD.
Code
User mode
XXXXXXX
(Some codes are for the Test Functions, while others are for the Set Functions.)
LCD
User mode
MENU button
MENU button
Print out
PRINT LIST
START/COPY/SET button
button
LCD
BASIC LIST / ADVANCED LIST
Follow the instructions on the LCD.
Code
Service mode
XXXXXXX
(Some codes are for the Test Functions some for the special
Set Functions, while others are for the Set Functions.)
LCD
Set value
P-SF
Print out
|92 |
KX-F910BX
4-3. USER MODE (The list below is an example of the SYSTEM SETUP LIST the unit prints out.)
BASIC FEATURE LIST
Code
Set Value
ADVANCED FEATURE LIST
Code
Set Value
Note:
The above values are default
|93 |
KX-F910BX
4-4. SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE
Code
Function
Set Value
Effective Range
001 600
Default
Remarks
Selects the pause time in 100

05000 msec msec step.
Selects the line break time during
700 msec flashing in 10 msec step.
501
Setting of pause time
001 600 ~100 msec
502
Setting of flash time
01 99 ~10 msec
503
Setting of pulse dial speed
1 : 10 pps
2 : 20 pps
1, 2
10 pps
520
Setting of CED frequency
1 : 2100 Hz
2 : 1100 Hz
1, 2
2100 Hz
521
Setting of international line mode
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
Selects the international line mode

during of FAX communication.
522
Setting of return to default mode
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
Sets the resolution and contrast

conditions of FAX or copy returning to the default.
523
Setting of reception equalizer
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
OFF
544
Selection of document
feed position
01 99 step
01 99
---
550
Memory clear
Press "START/COPY/SET".
551
ROM version and sum check
Press "START/COPY/SET".
553
Setting of FAX monitor function
554
Modem test
"START" press.
555
Scanner test
"START" press.
556
Motor test
"START" press.
557
LED test
"START" press.
558
LCD test
"START" press.
559
Setting of document jam

detection
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
560
Cutter select
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
561
KEY test
562
Cutter test
563
570
CCD position adjustment

value set
Setting of the % break
1 : OFF
2 : PHASE B
3 : ALL
01 99
1, 2, 3
OFF
Sets the pulse dial speed.

When international communications cannot be performed
smoothly, select 1100 Hz.
When a station is quite a distance from the unit or reception

cannot be performed correctly,
set to "ON".
When ADF function is improper,
adjust feed position. (8 step=1mm)
To monitor the line signal with

the unit's speaker during FAX
communication or not.
Selects the jam detection of

document during FAX
transmission/copying.
Press any key.

"START" press.
00 30 ~1 mm
1 : 61%
2 : 67%
|94 |
00 30
Lets you select the correction

value for main scanning direction of the dislocated scanner.
1, 2
61%
Sets the % break of the pulse

dial.
KX-F910BX
Code
Set Value
Function
Effective Range
Default
00 99
14 times
Selects the number of times that

ITS is redialed (not including the
first dialing).
001 999
030 sec
Sets the interval of ITS redial.

Sets the number of rings that
unit starts to receive a document in TEL mode.
Remarks
Setting of number of times

that ITS is redialed
00 99
572
Setting of ITS redial interval
001 999 sec
573
TEL ring count
01 99
01 99
15 times
590
Setting of number of times of
0 99
00 99
5 times
Selects the number of times of redial during FAX communication (not

including the first dialing).
001 999
045 sec
Sets the interval of FAX redial

during FAX communication.
FAX redial
591
Setting of FAX redial interval
001 999 sec
Lets you select the CNG output

during FAX transmission.
ALL: CNG is output at phase A.
AUTO: CNG is output only when
the automatic dialing is performed.
OFF: CNG is not output at phase
A.
592
Designation of CNG sending
1 : OFF
2 : ALL
3 : AUTO
1, 2, 3
ALL
593
Setting of interval between

CED and 300 bps signal.
1 : 75 msec
2 : 500 msec
3 : 1000 msec
1, 2, 3
75 msec
Sets the interval between the

CED signal and subsequent
300 bps signal.
Detects
at the
1st
time
Sets the recognizing format of DIS

signal.
1: Detects the first DIS signal sent
from the receiver during FAX
transmission.
2: Ignores the first DIS signal sent
from the receiver during FAX
transmission.
001 999
100
Sets the number of error acceptable lines when the FAX reconstructs the received data.
-15 00
-10 dBm
Selects the FAX transmission

level.
(Increase the level when the
telephone line condition is poor.)
594
Setting of overseas
DIS detection
1 : Detects at the
1st time
2 : Detects at the
2nd time
1, 2
595
Setting of the acceptable

value of reception error
001 999 ~number of times
596
Setting of transmit level
-15 00
700
EXT TAM OGM time
~second
01 99
10 sec
Sets the start time of silence detect.
701
Silence detect time
~100 ms
01 99
50 ms
Sets the silence of call confirmation times.
702
EXT TAM ring count
~number of rings
0 9
5 times
717
Transmit speed select
1
2
3
4
:
:
:
:
9600 BPS
7200 BPS
4800 BPS
2400 BPS
1 4
Adjusts the speed to start train9600 BPS ing during FAX transmission.
718
Receive speed select
1
2
3
4
:
:
:
:
9600 BPS
7200 BPS
4800 BPS
2400 BPS
1 4
9600 BPS
|95 |
Sets the number of rings that

unit start to receive a document
in EXT-TAM mode.
Adjusts the speed to start training during FAX reception.
571
KX-F910BX
Code
Function
Set Value
Effective Range
Default
Remarks
719
Ringer off in TEL/FAX mode
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
Selects ringer off switch when

a call is received in the TEL/
FAX mode.
721
Pause tone detect
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
Selects the tone detection in

the pauses of the dialing.
722
Redial tone detect
1 : ON
2 : OFF
1, 2
ON
Selects the tone detection

mode after redialing.
732
AUTO disconnect
1 : 350 ms
2 : 1.8 sec
3 : OFF
1, 2, 3
350 ms
Selects the start time of detection of auto disconnect.
763
CNG detect time
1 : 10 sec
2 : 20 sec
3 : 30 sec
1, 2, 3
20 sec
Selects the CNG detect time

of friendly reception.
771
T1 timer
1 : 35 sec
2 : 60 sec
35 sec
Set to the higher value when

the response from the other
party needs much time during
FAX transmission.
815
Sensor check
844
Original setting
909
Handset Remote FAX Actication
1, 2
"START" press.
1 : NORMAL
2 : LIGHT
3 : DARKER
0~9,
1, 2, 3
2~4 digits
|96 |
NORMAL
Use this feature when you

need to transmit and copy a
document with very faint writing on very dark writing.
You can change the remote
FAX activation code using the
portable handset.
KX-F910BX
4-5. SERVICE MODE SETTING VALUES (Example of a printed out list)
SERVICE DATA LIST
Set Value
Code
SPECIAL SERVICE SETTING
Code
Set Value
Note:
The above values are default
5. TEST FUNCTIONS
Code
Test mode
PRINT TEST
Type of Mode
User mode
Print a test pattern and check the thermal head for

abnormalities (missing dots, etc.), and also check the
operation of the reception motor.
START
MOTOR TEST
Service Mode
START
MODEM TEST
Service Mode
5 5 4
START
ROM CHECK
Service Mode
Function
Operation after
code input.
5 5 1
Rotate the transmission and reception motors to check the

operation of the motors.
Send four kinds of FAX signals to check the sending function
of the modem.
1) 1100 Hz: Consecutive signal of EOM for tonal.
2) 2100 Hz: G2 carrier signal
Consecutive of CED signal
3) G3, V29 training signal [modulation wave of carrier signal
(1700 Hz)]
Indicate the version and check sum of the ROM.
START
SCAN CHECK
Service Mode
5 5 5
Turn on the LEDs of the image sensor and operate the read
system.
START
LCD CHECK
Service Mode
5 5 8
START
Check the LCD indication.

Illuminate all dots to check if they are normal.
|97 |
KX-F910BX
DTMF SINGLE
TEST
Service Mode
LED TEST
Service Mode
Output the DTMF by single tone.
5 5 2
1..On
2..Off
All LEDs flashes on and off, or is illuminated.
5 5 7
START
KEY CHECK
Check the operation button.
5 6 1
Service Mode
Indicate the button code at LCD while the button is pressed.
any
key
FACTORY
SET
Service Mode
(When stopping halfway, press the STOP key.)

Clear the memory in which the user can store data.
5 5 0
START
CUTTER
TEST
Service Mode
Check the cutter operation.
5 6 2
START
Service Mode
SENSOR
CHECK
CHECK SENSOR OPERATION

Do Sn Co Ja Pa Vx Cu
Do : Document Sensor
Sn : Read Position Sensor
Co : Cover Open Sensor
Ja : Jam Sensor
Pa : Recording Paper Sensor
Vx : Vox Sensor
Cu : Cutter Position SW
8 1 5
START
: LCD DISPLAY
: Paper inserted
: at the read Position
: Cover open
: Jam
: Set Recording Paper
: Vox detected
: Home Position
5-1. BUTTON CODE TABLE

Code
Button Name
Button Name
Code
Code
Button Name
Code
Button Name
VOLUME
35
3E
FLASH
VOLUME
36
87
STATION
1/6
37
88
STATION
2/7
NEW MSGS. PLAY BACK
38
89
STATION
3/8
MAIL BOX
39
8A
STATION
4/9
31
3A
8B
STATION
5/10
MUTE
32
3B
09
LOCATOR/
LOWER
33
3C
DIRECTORY
34
3D
REDIAL/PAUSE
02
RESOLUTION
0D
03
AUTO RECEIVE
0E
04
START/COPY/SET
16
ERASE
05
MENU
18
07
HELP
19
08
SP-PHONE
0A
0B
0C
|98 |
INTERCOM
KX-F910BX
1. TABLE OF TEST EQUIPMENTS AND TOOL
Main Unit (FAX)
No.
Test Equipment and Jig Name
Jig No.
Oscilloscope
CCD Tool
PFZZ1F780M
Extension Cord
PQZZ2K12Z, PQZZ8K18Z
Spring Height Tool
PFZZ2F780M
Portable Handset (Cordless)

Equipment
No.
1.
Radio Tester : Marconi Model 2295A or later.
2.
4.5 digit Digital Multimeter : B&K Model 2833 or compatible.
3.
Oscilloscope, single or dual channel : Panasonic VP-5512P100 or compatible.
4.
Telephone Analyzer : B&K Model 1050 or compatible.
5.
DC Power Supply, capable of supply 3.9V DC at 100mA

NOTE : only needed if Telephone Analyzer does not have DC VOLTS output available.
6.
High Frequency Attenuator, 10dB or greater.
7.
Corded Telephone.
8.
High Frequency Cable : BNC end to open end.
9.
Audio Cable : BNC end to alligator clip end.
10.
High Frequency Adjustment Tool:
11.
Isolation Capacitors, quantity of 2, 10 F maximum, 50V DC or greater.
12.
Soldering Iron, solder, and various tools.
|100 |
KX-F910BX
2. ADJUSTING THE FEEDER PRESSURE
If misfeeding of document, such a multiple feeding or no feeding, occurs frequently, try to adjust the feeder pressure by
following steps below.
(1) Open the front lid by pressing the front lid open.
(2) Shift the position of the lever by using an instrument
with a pointed end, like a clip or ball-point pen.
Position A: Select this when documents do not feed.
Position B: Standard position (pre-selected)
Position C: Select this when documents multiplefeed.
(3) Close the front lid by gently pressing down on both ends.
Lever
A
3. CONFIRMATION OF SEPARATION SPRING

1.
2.
3.
Front lid open

button
Open the operation grille.

Check the highest level of the separation spring with the
spring height tool (PFZZ2F780M). Please make sure that
the separation spring does not touch the tool during this
operation. (Both right and left) (See Fig. 1).
Check the lowest level of the separation spring with the
opposite side of the spring height tool. Please make sure
that the separation spring touches the tool during this
operation. (Both right and left) (See Fig. 2).
ADJUSTMENT
TOUCH
NO TOUCH
SPRING HEIGHT TOOL

(PFZZ2F780M)
SEPARATION SPRING
SPRING HEIGHT TOOL

(PFZZ2F780M)
Fig. 1
SEPARATION SPRING
Fig. 2
|101 |
KX-F910BX
4. CCD ADJUSTMENTS
Perform the following adjustment after replacing lens and CCD board.
PREPARATION:
1) Remove the CCD unit from set. (Refer to page 120. )
2) Make oscilloscope connections as shown in next page.
3) Attach the CCD TOOL on the CCD unit.
4) Connect between CCD unit and digital board with extension cord (Part No. PQZZ8K18Z). (Refer to next page).
5) Connect between LED array and digital board with extension cord (Part No. PQZZ2K12Z). (Refer to next page).
6) Connect AC cord.
7) Press the MENU button.
8) Press the #,9,0,0,0, and
buttons.
9) Press the 5,5 and 5 buttons.
Notes:
1) Install the lens so that the marking (RED) on it is upper side.
2) Do not touch the glass face of the lens with the bare hands.
3) If you have no instrument to repair, trim off the chart on
page 97, then attach on the target glass (This is a temporary
treatment. You should use an instrument for this adjustmen
purpose, if you require an accurate repairment.)
Cleaning:
If the lens is dirty, clean it with a dry soft cloth.
Chart
CCD Tool
(PFZZ1F780M)
Lens
CCD Unit
Note:
Please adjust with covering topside of the lens by hands in order not to let in outdoor daylight.
|102 |
KX-F910BX
ADJUSTMENT:
LENS AND CCD READ POSITION ADJUSTMENT
1) Loosen the lens fixing screw and CCD board fixing screw.
2) Adjust the position of the lens and CCD board so that the waveform appears as shown in the figure below.
3) Fix the lens fixing screw and CCD board fixing screw.
Oscilloscope setting
CH1 ........... 0.5 V/div
CH2 ........... 2 V/div
TIME .......... 1 ms
Trigger ....... CH2
Mode ......... AC
OSCILLOSCOPE
CH2
CH1
To point "FTG".
To point "VID".
"Never connect land "AMON"
ADJUSTMENT
VID
AG
AMON
FIG
CN7
CN6
To LED array for CCD Unit.

(DIGITAL BORAD)
Extension Cord
(Part No. PQZZ8K18Z)
Extension cord (Part No. PQZZ2K12Z)
To CCD baord
WAVEFORM
Lens fixing screws
MAX
(for Lens)
MAX
(for CCD Board)
CCD board fixing screws
|103 |
KX-F910BX
WHITE LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
1) Remove the CCD TOOL from CCD unit.
2) Attach the white paper on the CCD unit.
3) Attach the CCD TOOL on the CCD unit.
4) Adjust VR801 on the CCD board so that the waveform becomes 1.0 } 0.2V.
Notes:1. After the adjustment is finished, assemble the unit by reversing above procedure.
2. Please adjust with covering topside of the lens by hands in order not to let in outdoor daylight.
3. If you have no instrument to repair, trim off the chart on next page, then attach on the target glass.
(This is a temporary treatment. You should use an instrument for this adjustment purpose, if you require an
accurate repairment.)
Chart
CCD Tool
(PFZZ1F780M)
White Paper
(ex. PPC Paper)
WAVEFORM
1.0 +
0.2V
5. DOCUMENT READ START POSITION ADJUSTMENT

1) Connect AC cord.
2) Copy the document, and confirm the read start position of the document.
3) If get out of position, adjust the read position.
4) Press the MENU button.
5) Press the #, 9, 0, 0, 0, and 5, 6, 3 buttons.
6) Press the , , SET and MENU buttons.
30
.
.
To move the image to the right direction
.
16
15
Standard (Default)
14
.
.
To move the image to the left direction
.
00
The starting position of reading shifts 1 mm as number of changes.
|104 |
KX-F910BX
(for lens and CCD read position adjustment)
(for white level adjustment)
ADJUSTMENT
LED Array
Side
edge of the glass
The edge of glass

and chart should be
put togeter, then fix
with tape.
2
Tape
Tape
1
Reverse
L
Make sure the position of L and R.
|105 |
KX-F910BX
6. CORDLESS ADJUSTMENT
6-1. OBJECTIVE
This procedure will enable the technician to make adjustments to the KX-F910BX PORTABLE HANDSET and
CORDLESS BASE UNIT.
6-2. GENERAL INFORMATION

This procedure has 2 sections. The first section instructs the technician on how to align the PORTABLE HANDSET. We
recommend aligning the PORTABLE HANDSET first, since you will need the PORTABLE HANDSET to align the
CORDLESS BASE UNIT. The second section aligns the CORDLESS BASE UNIT. You can use either section separately, or together to align the entire cordless phone unit.
At the beginning of each section, you will find a preparation procedure instructing you on how to prepare the unit to the
point of placing the unit in TEST mode. Please follow this procedure to insure proper alignment.
Each sections procedure consists of Adjustment Items adjusting one specific variable hardware component.
Each Item lists the equipment needed, how to connect and setup the equipment, how to make the adjustment, and how
to verify the adjustment if necessary.
Before the actual procedure, you will find a procedure detailing how to place that part in TEST mode. You will have to
perform this procedure before each individual Adjustment Item.
PORTABLE HANDSET
(1) SYMPTOM/REMEDY TABLE
If you unit have below symptom, adjust for each item as table of adjustment on page 108.
Remedy
Symptom
Dose not link between base unit and portable handset.
Adjust the adjustment items (A), (B), (E), (F), (G) and (H).
Speaker level of portable handset is unstable.
Adjust the adjustment item (C).
Transmission sound for receiver is unstable.
Adjust the adjustment item (D).
The calling distance between base unit and potable unit

is wrong.
Adjust the adjustment item (I).
|107 |
ADJUSTMENT
Once aligned, please remove all equipment connections and solder points, and reassemble the unit. As a final check,
power up the phone and check for PORTABLE HANDSET linking with the CORDLESS BASE UNIT.
KX-F910BX
(2) ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION
Please perform the following procedure before starting the Adjustment Procedure. You only have to perform this procedure
only once to complete all Items, but you will have to perform this procedure to make an individual Adjustment Item.
1. Connect the main P.C. Board to RF unit by the extension cord.
2. Connect a distortion meter (with AC voltmeter) to the SPK terminals (TP5) on the portable handset.
3. Connect 3.9 V to the battery terminals.
4. After pressing 1 , 9 ,
keys at the same time, turn Power SW on. After that, press "A" key (Test mode on standby).
5. Press Talk key (Test Mode on CH1 Talk).
(3) ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

ltem
Adjustment Item
Procedure
(A)
RX VCO Voltage
Check
Place the voltmeter probe at TP3.

Confirm that TP3 's voltagen is whthin 1.5 V.
(B)
TX VCO Voltage
Check
Place the voltmeter probe at TP2.

Confirm that TP2 's voltage is within 1.5 V.
(C)
SP Output Adjustment
Connect a signal generator (904.0125 MHz, 1 kHz modulation frequency, 2 kHz

modulation, +60 dB Vemf output level) to the RF unit TPA.
Adjust VR3 so that the speaker output TP5 is 30.0 dBm (25 mV).
(D)
Modulation Adjustment
Connect a modulation meter and signal generator (904.0125 MHz,

+60 dB V, unmodulation) in TPA and GND. Connect an AF oscillator (f=1 kHz,
-19 dBm level ) to the MIC terminals (TP4) and Vss on the portable handset.
Adjust VR4 to set the modulation to 5.5 kHz Devi.
(E)
Standard Frequency
Adjustment
Adjust VC201 so that transmission ferquency is set 814.0125 MHz +0

1 kHz.
Connect frequency counter between TPA and GND(RF UNIT).
(F)
Detector Output
Adjustment
Input sythesized signal generator. (904.0125 MHz, 60 dB Vemf, 3 kHz Devi)

between TPA and GND.
Adjust VR1 so that TP (DET OUT1) level is set to 15.5 dBm (130 mV).
(G)
Confirmation of 20 dB Electric
Field Strength and Recieving
Sensitivity
Decrease the sythesized signal generator output so that 20 dB test point goes to
sleshold level (unstable "H" and "L").
Output level of signal generator less than 4dBV (1.6 V, 109 dBm).
12.8MHz Transmitter
Confirmation
Connect the frequency counter between the TP1 and GND and confirm that the
frequency is 12.8 MHz and that Vp-p is approximately 900 mV.
(H)
(I)
TX power Confirmation
Connect the Spectrum analyzer the TPA and GND and confirm that the level is |
12 dBm }4 dB (0.5 mW~0.125 mW) Typ. 0.25 mW.
Note: When selecting optional channel, press 2 3 keys after pressing "A" key of adjastment preparation 4 item
(ex. CH23). Next press Talk key (Test Mode on CH23 Talk)
Adjustment item (H) and (I)
|108 |
KX-F910BX
PORTABLE HANDSET REFERENCE DRAWING

RF Unit
(Component View)
TP2
TPA
TP1
GND
TP3
VC201
ADJUSTMENT
|109 |
KX-F910BX
CORDLESS BASE UNIT
(1) PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Please prepare the CORDLESS BASE UNIT before performing any adjustment procedures. Refer to the
CORDLESS BASE UNIT REFERENCE DRAWING for connection and test point locations.
Remove the 3 screws on the bottom cabinet of the handset cradle.
Remove the bottom cabinet of the handset cradle.
Remove the soldering on the antenna wires of the RF module.
Remove the base unit anchoring screw.
Solder the plus and minus sides of the RF coaxial cable to ANT and RF GND, as shown on the page 112.
(2) SYMPTOM/REMEDY TABLE

If you have one of the listed symptoms, please refer to this table and make the appropriate adjustments.
SYMPTOM
REMEDY
Does not link with PORTABLE HANDSET
Check Items (A) and (B).

If both are OK, adjust Items (E) and (F).
Transmission sound to PORTABLE HANDSET receiver is unstable
Check Items (A) and (B).

If both are OK, adjust Items (C) and (D).
(3) ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
Please perform the following steps to prepare the CORDLESS BASE UNIT for the Adjustment procedure.
Insert the plug, then 1 and START/COPY/SET KEY at the same time until a beep is heard.
[Cordless Test] appears on the machine's LCD display.
Press the MUTE KEY four times.
[4. Talk Mode] now appears on the machine's LCD display.
Press the START/COPY/SET KEY.
[Channel=01] now appears on the machine's LCD display.
Any channel can now be keyed in using the 10 numeric keys on the machine.
Press the START/COPY/SET KEY twice.
The talk mode is now established for the channel displayed in step 3.
01
now appears on the machine's LCD display.

Channel
Talk Mode
|110 |
KX-F910BX
(4) ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
ADJUSTMENT ITEM
DESCRIPTION
PROCEDURE
(A)
Rx VCO Voltage
Confirmation only
Place the voltmeter probe at RF unit TP3. Confirm that TP3 's voltage is within
0.5~2.5V(RF UNIT).
(B)
Tx VCO Voltage
Confirmation only
Place the voltmeter probe at TP2. Confirm that TP2 's voltage is within
0.5~2.5V(RF UNIT).
(C)
Standard Frequency
Adjust VC201 (RF UNIT) so that transmission frequency is set 904.0125 MHz 0.5kHz.
Connect frequency counter between TPA and GND.
(D)
TX Output
Connect the sythesized signal generator (814.0125 MHz, 1 kHz modulation frequency,
3 kHz modulation, +60 dB emf, output level) to the RF unit TPA and GND.
Adjust VR502 so that telephone line output (600 Load) is -13.0 1dBm.
(F)
20 dB Electric Detection
Connect a modulation meter and signal generator (814.0125 MHz, +60 dBV,
unmodulation) in TPA and GND.
Connect the AF oscillator ( f=1 kHz, -30 dBm) to the telephone line output.
Adjust VR504 to set the modulation to +2.7 0.1 kHz.
While reduced level of S.S.G.level when distortion of telephone line sending is 9 1%.
Adjust VR501 in such a way that the letter "C" flashes on the machine's LCD display.
C
01
Flashes
(G)
Maximum Modulation
Connect a modulation meter and signal generator (814.0125 MHz, +60 dBV,
unmodulation) in TPA and GND.
Connect the AF oscillator ( f=1 kHz, -30 dBm) to the telephone line output.
Adjust VR503 to set the modulation to +4.5 0.2 kHz.
Once aligned, please reassemble the base unit. Also take off the back of the PORTABLE HANDSET and unsolder the
MIC lead short wire if you previously installed it.
|111 |
ADJUSTMENT
(E)
Standard Modulation
KX-F910BX
CORDLESS BASE UNIT REFERENCE DRAWING

CONNECTION
ANT
LINE
Modulation Meter
Frequency Counter
Syhthesized Signal
Generator
KX-FX910BX
Distortion Meter
Loop Simulator
Voltmeter
CORDLESS BASE UNIT P.C.BOARD

(Component View)
TPA
GND
VC201
VR502
VR503
VR504
TP2
TP1
VR501
TP3
|112 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 1
Procedure
1
HOW TO REMOVE THE PORTABLE HANDSET CRADLE CAB, CORDLESS BASE

UNIT BOARD AND RF UNIT
1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove the 3 screws (A).

Remove the handset cradle cabinet.
Remove the 2 connectors.
Remove the 2 screws (A) and pull up the RF unit.
(A)
(A)
(A)
HANDSET CRADLE
CABINET
CORDLESS BASE
UNIT BOARD
(A)
RF UNIT
(A)
CHARGE BOARD
CONNECTOR
|115 |
DISASSEMBLED INSTRUCTIONS
(A)
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 1
HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION BLOCK
Procedure
2
1) Push the front lid open button in the direction of the arrow to open the operation block.
2) Pull both sides of the arms. (See Fig. A)
3) Pull up the operation block.
Fig. A
OPERATION BLOCK
FRONT LID OPEN BUTTON
HOW TO ATTACH THE OPERATION BLOCK:

Operation Block
Arm
Boss
Fig. B
|116 |
1) Set the both arms on the boss as showing in following

Fig. B.
2) Push the operation block down.
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 3
HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION BOARD AND LCD
Procedure
2 3
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Remove the 6 screws (A) and the operation block cover.

Remove the 2 screws (B).
Pull out the 1 connector and remove the 1 flexible connector.
Remove the operation board.
Remove the LCD.
(A)
OPERATION BOARD COVER
CONNECTOR
(B)
Pull down the
connector
1
Remove the
flexible connector
OPERATION BOARD
FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR
LCD
|117 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 4
Procedure
4
HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM FRAME

1) Remove the 6 screws (A).
2) Remove the 2 screws (B).
3) Remove the bottom frame.
(A)
(A)
(B)
BOTTOM FRAME
Ref. No. 5
Procedure
4 5
HOW TO REMOVE THE ANALOG, DIGITAL BOARDS, SPEAKER AND MIC

(A)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)

Remove the analog board.
Remove the 1 screws (B).
Remove the digital board.
Remove the 1 screw (C).
Remove the speaker.
Remove the MIC.
ANALOG BOARD
CONNECTORS
(B)
(C)
SPEAKER
MIC
DIGITAL BOARD
CONNECTORS
|118 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 6
Procedure
4, 6
HOW TO REMOVE THE POWER SUPPLY BOARD AND AC INLET

1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove the 4 screws (A) and remove the power supply board.
Remove the 1 screw (B).
Remove the AC inlet.
(A)
CONNECTOR
(B)
(A)
POWER SUPPLY BOARD

CONNECTOR
Ref. No. 7
1) Remove the paper cutter. (See Ref. No. 10)

3) Remove the motor block.
(A)
MOTOR BLOCK
|119 |
Procedure
4 10 7
HOW TO REMOVE THE MOTOR BLOCK
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 8
Procedure
4 8
HOW TO REMOVE THE CCD UNIT

2) Remove the CCD unit.
(A)
CCD UNIT
HOW TO CLEAN:
Clean the glass of CCD
unit with cloth soaked in
alcohol.
Ref. No. 9
Procedure
4 5 7
8 9
HOW TO REMOVE THE ROLLERS

1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove the motor block. (See Ref. No. 7)

Remove the stopper with minus screwdriver.
Remove the rollers.
Remove the gear and stoppers from roller shaft and replace roller.
DOCUMENT FEED ROLLER

STOPPER
DOCUMENT FEED ROLLER
STOPPER
STOPPER
SEPARAION ROLLER
STOPPER
GEAR STOPPER
|120 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 10
Procedure
10
HOW TO REMOVE THE CUTTER BLOCK

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
Push the front lid open button in the direction of the arrow to open the operation block.
Remove the upper guide.
Remove the shaft with minus screwdriver (small size) as showning in following Fig. A.
Remove the paper cutter block.
Remove the cutter guide.
Replace the paper cutter.
Remove the stopper with minus screwdriver (small size) as showing in following Fig. B.
Remove the recording paper roller.
Screwdriver
PAPER GUIDE
Remove the shaft

Fig. A
(A)
CUTTER GUIDE
PAPER CUTTER
STOPPER
RECORDING
PAPER ROLLER
FRONT LID
OPEN BUTTON
HOW TO CLEAN:
Clean the roller with cloth
soaked in alcohol.
STOPPER
MINUS DRIVER
Fig. B
|121 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 11
Procedure
10 11
HOW TO REMOVE THE RECODING PAPER COVER

1) Pull out the both arms as showing in following Fig. A.
2) Remove the recoding paper cover.
RECORDING PAPER COVER

3
ARM
2
ARM
1
Fig. A
|122 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 12
HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL HEAD ROLLER
Procedure
10 12
1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove the thermal head block.

Pull out the 2 connectors.
Remove the 2 screws (A) of thermal head to remove the guides.
Replace the thermal head.
THERMAL HEAD BLOCK
CONNECTORS
(A)
GUIDE
THERMAL HEAD
GUIDE
(A)
HOW TO CLEAN:
Clean the printing surface
of thermal head with cloth
soaked in alcohol.
|123 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 13
Procedure
13
HOW TO REMOVE THE DOCUMENT TRAY
1) Push the installing section in the direction of the arrow to remove the document tray.
2
DOCUMENT TRAY
|124 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No. 14
Procedure
14
HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM CABINET OF PORTABLE HANDSET

1) Remove the battery cover in the direction of the arrow.
2) @Remove the 2 screws (A).
ARemove the bottom cabinet using a flathead screwdiver.
BOTTOM CABINET
2
1
BATTERY COVER
(A)
(A)
Please use a thick cloth to
prevent scratching the cabinet.
Procedure
14 15
HOW TO REMOVE THE ANTENNA AND PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD
1) Remove the 1 screw (A).

2) Pull up the Antenna.
(A)
Remove the Portable Handset Board
|125 |
Ref. No. 15
KX-F910BX
HOW TO REPLACE FLAT PACKAGE IC

PREPARATION
ESOLDER
Sparkle Solder 115A-1, 115B-1

OR
Almit Solder KR-19, KR-19RMA
ESoldering iron
Recommended power consumption will be between 30 W to 40 W.

Temperature of Copper Rod 662 } 50 F (350 }10 )
(An expert may handle 60~80 W iron, but beginner might
damage foil by overheating.)
EFlux
HI115
Specific gravity 0.863
(Original flux will be replaced daily.)

PROCEDURE
1. Temporarily fix FLAT PACKAGE IC by soldering on two marked pins.
Temporary soldering point.

*Check accurate setting of IC to the corresponding soldering foil.
2. Apply flux for all pins of FLAT PACKAGE IC.
Flux
3. Solder using specified solder, in direction of arrow, by sliding the soldering iron.
Soldering iron
Specified solder
MODIFICATION PROCEDURE OF BRIDGE

1. Re-solder slightly on bridged portion.
2. Remove remaining solder along pins using soldering iron as shown in below figure.
bridge
|126 |
KX-F910BX
1. CONNECTION DIAGRAM
SENSOR
CUTPOS
GND
CN7
CN1
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CN8
1
2
CCD
BOARD
A
B
NA
NB
COM
RX
MOTOR
A
B
NA
NB
COM
VSS
VDD
VO
RS
R/W
E
D4
D5
D6
D7
LCD
(COG)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OPERATION
BOARD
TX
MOTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FG
NC
RESET
KRXD
KTXD
KSCLK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN10
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL BOARD
CN6
+5VD
F1
F2
FR
FTG
DG
AIN
DG
CN2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CN3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CN9
1
2
3
4
5
CN271
THPON
+24V
GND1
GND2
GND3
+5V
RMU
TMU
RX
TX
TONE1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
JJ1
JJ
2
RESV
CPC
CSI
COLK
CBUSY1
CS0
CBUSY2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Ex. TEL
SPEAKER
CN241
SPSP+
1
2
CN251
1
18
CN251
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+5VA
+5VD
AG
DG
PG
M24V
OUT
THPOWER
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
KLATCH
DG
+5V
THDAT
THLAT
THCLK
STB4
STB3
STB2
STB1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
THER+
THER-
ANALOG BOARD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
+24V
+24V
DGND
DGND
CL-TX
CL-RX
+5VA
+5VD
AGND
AGND
RESET
24-DOWN
S-ENABLE
CBUSY2
CSI
CSO
CCLK
CBUSY1
CN501
CN503
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MLED
SLED
GND
M_+
M_C
M_S_S_+
CN651
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BATTERY
CHARGE
BOARD
CN502
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
AF
GND
RXB
TXP
TXB
MOD
RST
SI
CPS
LD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|128 |
1
2
3
4
5
6
THER+
THER-
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
GND
+5V
CN153
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
POWER
SUPPLY
BOARD
CN5
KSTART
MIC
MIC+
MIC-
1
2
CN272
T2/BEL
/WR
/RD
/CS
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
A0
RESET
TO TEL LINE
CN152
ANALOG BOARD
LED
+24V
LED ARRAY
UF UNIT
STB1
STB2
STB3
STB4
THCLK
THLAT
THDAT
1
2
3
4
5
6 THERMAL
7
HEAD
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
KX-F910BX
2. GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
The control section will be explained as shown in the block diagram.
(1)
ASIC (IC1) .................... Composed mainly address decoder, modem control section, CPU and RTC.
Control the general FAX operation.
Control the operation panel I/F.
Control the thermal head I/F and CCD I/F.
Executing image processing.
(2)
ROM (IC2) .................... Contains all of the program instructions for unit operations.
(3)
Static RAM (IC3) .......... This memory is used mainly for parameter working storage area.
(4)
MODEM (IC11) ............ Executes modulation and demodulation for FAX.
(5)
Read section ................ Composed of the LED array light source, CCD image sensor to read transmitting
documents.
(6)
Thermal Head .............. Contains heating elements for dot matrix image printing.
(7)
Motor driver (IC7, IC8) . Drivers the transmission motor and the reception motor.
(8)
Reset circuit (IC9) ........ Provides reset pulse to each of the major IC's.
(9)
Analog board ................ Composed of ITS circuit and NCU circuit.
(10)
Sensor section ............. Composed of cover open sensor, document sensor, recording paper sensor, cutter
(11)
Switching power ........... Supplies +5V and +24V to the unit.
position switch, read position sensor, and jam sensor.

supply section
(12)
Cordless section ........... Composed of Cordless base unit, portable handset and battery charge unit.
(900MHz Cordless)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|129 |
KX-F910BX
General BLock Diagram (FAX)
AC
OPERATION PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
LCD
LED
RECTIFIER SW. TRANS
LCD
DOC READ-POSITION
+24V
LCD
CONTROLLER
NOISE
FILTER
G/A
KEY MATRIX
DC/DC
CONVERTER
SW. MOS
+5V
SENSOR
MOS SW
HEAD POWER
DIGITAL PCB
BACK UP VCC
RESET
IC9
IC8
HEAD
ON
THERMAL
HEAD
ROM
256K
BIT
IC3
+5V
+5V
+
2M
BIT
IC2
IC202
|130 |
RXIN
24MHz
+5V
+5V
MODRX
MIC
CN152
1
SA102
L106
PC103
EXT
L103 TEL
R1
VAR1
L104
T1
+5V
DP
27
BELL
EXHOOK2
T102
PC105
SP-Phone IC
11
OSC
I/O
+24V
+5V
TR
SW
F1,F2,FR,FTG
A/D
15
RL101
61
24MHz
63
MODEM
IC11
CPU-ASIC
T7D56
IC7
+24V
16
CPU OP PANEL
I/F
I/F
PRINTER
CONTROL
TMU
TONE1
V
O
L
1
V
O
L
2
70
RMU
67
V V
O O
L L
3 4
75
VOX DET
VOX
SPEAKER AMP
IC151
G/A
CROSS POINT
73
38
SW275
CN241
+5V
SPEAKER
+5V
RXM
SP MUTE
IC8
77
78
+5V
+5V
DATA ADDRESS
RX MOTOR
ANTI CURL
MPU
(IC501)
(Refer to page 171)
COVER
SW
SW274
TONE/PULSE
SW
TONE1 TONE2
CORDLESS BASE P.C.B.
TX MOTOR
JAM
DETECT
SW271
CTL
+24V
PAPER
SET
SW272
+5V
IC7
HOOK
SW
SW273
IC241
40
MOTOR I/F
MOTOR
DRIVER
+5V
71
VID
TXM
LRLY.
Q271
59
T2/BEL
(TONE2)
IMAGE
PROCESSING
~
+5V
PC101
22
IC109
PC102
VR
30
13
SA101
+
IC201
POS TEL LINE

T
L105
TXOUT
SENSOR
CUT-POS
ANT-CURL
CCD BLOCK
LOOP
DATA BUS
HEAD TEMP.
TO CCD
Q1
DC
EXHOOK
RESET
ADDRESS
BUS
RL101
D101
T101
IC201
+
VR
VR
LED ARRAY
ANALOG P.C.B
+24V
RAM
BATT
+5V
+24V
SIRIAL I/F
RF UNIT
(Refer to page 172)
ANT
KX-F910BX
3. CONTROL SECTION
1 ASIC (IC1)
This custom IC is used for general FAX operation
(1)
CPU:
The KX-F900 uses a Z80 equivalent CPU operating at 12MHz.

Many of the peripheral functions are handled by custom designed LSI.
As a result, the CPU only needs to process the result.
(2)
RTC:
Real time clock.
(3)
DECODER:
Decodes the address.
(4)
ROM/RAM I/F:
Controls the SELECT signal of ROM or RAM and bank switching.
(5)
CCD I/F:
Controls document reading.
(6)
IMAGE DATA RAM:
Inside ASIC and 8KB which is used by image processing.
(7)
THERMAL HEAD I/F:
Transmits the recorded data to the thermal head.
(8)
TX MOTOR I/F:
Controls the transmission motor which feeds the document.
(9)
RX MOTOR I/F:
Controls the receiving motor which feeds the reading document.
(10)
OPERATION PANEL I/F:
Serial interface with Operation Panel.
(11)
I/O PORT:
I/O Port Interface (Exa. Sensor etc.)
2 ROM (IC2)
This 128 KB ROM (EPROM or MASKROM) has 32 KB of common area and bank area (BK4~BK15).
The capacity of each bank is 8 KB.
The addresses of the common area are from 0000H to 7FFFH, and addressed from 8000H to 9FFFH are for the bank
area.
3 RAM (IC3)
This 32 KB RAM has 8 KB of common area and bank area (BK0, BK1).
The capacity of each bank is 12 KB.
The addresses of the common area are from D000H to EFFFH, and the addresses from A000H to CFFFH are for the
bank area.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|131 |
RD
WR
ROM(IC2)
SRAM(IC3)
A0-17
A0-17
D0-7
D0-7
MODEM(IC11)
A0-4
D0-7
RD
RD
WR
TO ANALOG
RD
TX
CCD-CTL
|132 |
XWDERR
TO
HEAD
D0-7
ASIC
(IC1)
HEAD-CTL
STBI-4,THLAT
THCLK,THDAT
THPON
TONE 1
T2/BELL
RESET
KSTART,KLATCH,KSCLK,KTXD,KRXD
TO
OPE PANEL
(IC7)
32.768KHz 24MHz
TMO-3,TXE
TX MOTOR
DRIVER
5V/BATT
(IC9)
RESET
BACK UP
RX
RXIN
24MHz
XRESETIN
F1,F2,FR,FTG,VIDEO
OP
A0-17
RD
CCD
PWR ON
TO
CCD
WR
WR TXOUT
TO
TXM
(IC8)
RMO-3,RXE
RX MOTOR
DRIVER
TO
RXM
BATT
3V
CCLK
CSI
CSO
CBUSY1
CBUSY2
KX-F910BX
3-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
A0
D0-4
KX-F910BX
3-2. RESET CIRCUIT
The output from pin 3 of the Reset IC (IC9) resets the gate array (IC1), the modem (IC11), the gate array on the operating
board (IC301), the Port IC (IC151) on the analog board through the IC1.
(1) During to momentary power interruption, a positive reset pulse of 175 msec or more is generated and the system is reset
completely.
This is done to prevent partial resetting and system runaway during power fluctuation.
Timing Chart
4.3
4.2
4.3
4.2
+5
0.8
0.8
about 175 ms
about 175 ms
(2) When pin 3 of the IC9 becomes low level, it will prohibit the RAM (IC3) from changing data.
The RAM (IC3) go into the backup mode, when it is backed up by the lithium battery.
Circuit Diagram
R78
+5V
IC1
IC9
8
101
WDERR 104
C64
1
102
RESET (TO ANALOG BOARD,

OPERATION BOARD)
103
RESET (TO MODEM)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
C60
(3) The watch dog timer, built-in the gate array (IC1), is initialized about every 1.5 ms.
When the watch dog error occurs, pin 104 of the gate array (IC1) becomes low level.
The terminal of WDERR signal is connected to the reset line so, WDERR signal works as the reset signal.
|133 |
KX-F910BX
3-3. SRAM and RTC BACK UP CIRCUIT
(1)Function
This unit has a lithium battery (BATT), which works for the RAM (IC3) and Real Time Clock IC (RTC,Integrated into
ASIC:IC1). The user parameter of autodial numbers, the transmission ID, the system setup date and so on are stored
in the RAM (IC3).
The RTC continues functioning, even when the power switch is OFF, back up by the lithium battery.
(2)Circuit Operation
When the power switch is turned ON, thus supplying the power through the IC9 to the RAM (IC3) and RTC.
At this time, the voltage at pin 28 of the RAM and pin 43 of the RTC are +5 V. When the power switch is turned OFF,
the BATT supplies the power to the RAM and RTC through the J1, R76 and IC9. At the time, the voltage at pin 28 of
the RAM and pin 43 of the RTC are about +2.5 V. When the power switch is OFF and the voltage of +5 V goes down,
the Reset IC. (IC9) outputs the reset signals. Pin 28 of the RAM (IC3) and pin 43 of the RTC become low level, then
the RAM and RTC go into the back up mode, when the power consumption is less.
Circuit Diagram
+5V
IC9
8
C64
VOLTAGE
DETECTION
1
SRAM
IC403
VCC
6
28 VCC
5V/BATT
BATT
IC1
43
4
48
R 76
CS
J1
C41
46
BATT
X2
RTC
|134 |
47
C42
C43
KX-F910BX
3-4. SUPERVISION CIRCUIT FOR THERMAL HEAD TEMPERATURE
(1) Function
Thermal head temperature is disposed to convert voltage to digital data by using A/D converter of IC1. The CPU decides
the strobe width of the thermal head according to this value. Therefore, this circuit can keep the thermal head at an even
temperature in order to stabilize the printing density and prevent the head from being overheated.
Circuit Diagram
28
27
26
25
22
24
23
49
38
THHEAD
STB1
STB2
STB3
STB4
THDAT
THCLK
THLAT
ADSEL1
AIN2
C37
R47
C39
IC1
R48
R49
C38
B
Timing Chart
5V
0V
Effective signal
0V
1.5V
ref LEVEL CLAMP
|135 |
IC1 internal bias

CLAMP
CIRCUIT OPERATION
KX-F910BX
3-5. LED ARRAY
The LED ARRAY will light during transmission and copying as a light source to recognize document characters, patterns, or graphics on a document.
It is also possible to light the LED ARRAY in the test mode.
Circuit Diagram
+24V
ABOUT 10V (LED OFF)

0V (LED ON)
IC7
16
IC1
1
62
IOP26
5V (LED ON)
0V (LED OFF)
LED ARRAY
MAIN BOARD
|136 |
KX-F910BX
4. FACSIMILE SECTION
4-1. IMAGE DATA FLOW DURING FACSIMILE OPERATION
COPY (Fine, Super-Fine, Half Tone)
(1) Line information is read by CCD, by way of route 1 , it is inputted to IC1.
(2) In IC1, data is adjusted to suitable level for A/D conversion at Analog Signal Processing Section, and by way of
route 2 it is inputted to A/D conversion (8 bit). After finishing A/D conversion, data is inputted to Image Processing
Section by way of route 3 , and by way of routes 4 and 5 , it is stored in RAM as shading data.
(3) Drafts information that is read by CCD is inputted to IC1 by way of route 1 , and after adjusting to suitable level
for A/D conversion by way of route 2 , drafts information is converted to A/D (8 bit), and it is inputted to Image
Processing Section. The other side, the shading data which flows from RAM by way of routes 6 and 7 , it is
inputted to Image Processing Section, and after finishing of drafts informations image processing, white is
regarded as 0 and black is regarded as 1, and by way of routes 4 and 5 , they are stored in RAM.
(4) White/Black data stored as above description 3), by way of routes 6 and 8 , it is inputted to P/S converter. White/
Black data converted to serial data in P/S converter is inputted to Thermal Head by way of route 9 and it is printed
out on recording paper.
Note: Standard;
Read 3.85 times/mm
Fine;
Read 7.7 times/mm
Super-Fine; Read 15.4 times/mm
Transmission
(1) Same processing of COPY items 1) - 3).
(2) Data stored in RAM of IC1 is outputted from IC1 by way of routes 6 and 10 , and it is stored in system bus, and by
way of route 11 , it is stored in communication buffer inside RAM (IC3).
(3) While fetching data stored in communication buffer synchronous with modem, CPU inputs data to modem along
route 12 , where it is converted to serial analog data and forwarded over telephone lines via NCU Section.
Reception
(1) Serial analog image data is received over telephone lines and input to the modem via NCU section, where it is
demodulated to parallel digital data. Then the CPU stores the data in the communication buffer of RAM (IC3) along
route 12 .
(2) Data stored in RAM (IC3) is decoded by CPU by way of way of route 12 , and it is stored in RAM by routes 13
and 5 .
(3) Same processing of COPY item 4).
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|137 |
KX-F910BX
Block Diagram
IC1
SYSTEM
BUS
IC3
CCD
IMAGE
SENSOR
ANALOG
SIGNAL
12
RAM
IMAGE
11
PROCESSING
SECTION
PROCESSING
SECTION
IC2
7
ROM
CPU
13
RAM
10
P/S
CONVERTER
MODEM
NCU
TEL.LINE
|138 |
THERMAL
HEAD
KX-F910BX
4-2. THERMAL HEAD
(1)Function
This unit utilizes state of the art thermal printer technology.
The recording paper (roll paper) is chemically processed. When the thermal head contacts this paper it emits heat momen
tarily, black dots (appearing almost as a point) are printed on the paper. If this point is continued, litters and/or diagrams
appear, and the original document is reproduced.
COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVE RECORD SECTION (THERMAL RECORDING FORMAT)
Platen Roller
Thermal Recording Paper
Thermal Head
There are 18 driver ICs aligned horizontally on the thermal head and each one of these ICs can drive 96 heat emitting
registers. This means that one line is at a density of 96 ~18=1728 dots=(8 dots/mm).
White/Black (white=0, black=1) data in one line increments is synchronized at IC1 pin 24 (THCLK) and sent from IC1 pin
22 (THDAT) to the shift register of the ICs. The shift registers of the 18 ICs are connected in series, and upon shift of 1728
dot increment, all the shift register become filled with data, and a latch pulse is emitted to each IC from IC1 pin 23
(THLAT).
With this latch pulse, all the contents of shift registers are latched to the latch registers. Thereafter, through the addition of
strobe from the IC1 pins (25, 26, 27, 28) only dot of location of black (=1) among latched data activates driver, and current
passes to heat emitting body to cause heat emission.
Here the strobe of four lines STB1 to STB4 impresses at intervals of 9.216 msec, as required for one-line printout, for
each 1/4th of 18 IC unit (4 unit or 5 unit) upon each time interval divided into four equal increments.
The sequence is as shown below. [Moreover, in the case of strobe width, the resistance value of the thermistor inside the
thermal head is constantly detected by IC1 pin 38, and vales from the ROM (IC2) table corresponding to temperatures
eliminate temperature changes of density through setting by CPU.]
When the thermal head is not used, the IC1 (119, TH-POWER) becomes low level, IC7 becomes OFF, RL201 breaks, and
the +24 V power supply for the thermal head driver is not impressed to protect the IC.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|139 |
KX-F910BX
Circuit Diagram
MAINBOARD
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY BOARD

THERMAL HEAD
24V RL201 CN301

6
5
4
3
2
1
24V
+5V
D205
CN2
1 +24V
2
3
4 +5V
5
6
IC7
TH-POWER 119
96DOT
96DOT
NO.1
NO.2
CN11
GATE ARRAY
(IC1)
THLAT 23
THDAT 22
THCLK 24
STB1
STB2
STB3
STB4
R55
THLAT 2
R56
THDAT 1
R54
THCLK 3
7
6
5
4
3
4
5
6
R50
R51
R52
R53
28
27
26
25
C37
C39
AIN2 38
C38
R48
R49
CN11
LATCH REGISTER
LATCH REGISTER
SHIFT REGISTER
SHIFT REGISTER
THERMISTOR
CN1
Timing Chart
(3.0secX1728)
5.184msec
PRINT DATA
CN6
1
THDAT
THCLK
NEXT LINE PRINT DATA
3.0sec
3.0sec
1728 pcs
320 pcs
1728 pcs
3.0sec
2
THLAT
about 1.8 msec (at 25C)
3.0sec
STB1
STB2
STB3
STB4
TEMPERATURE OF THERMALHEAD
9.216 msec(COPY)
|140 |
NO.18
KX-F910BX
4-3. READ SECTION
(1) Function
A document is illuminated by the LED array, and the reflections pass through the reduction-projection lens and are imaged on the CCD image sensor.
The document image is photoelectrically transferred by the CCD image sensor, and an analog image signal corresponding to one line of the document is continuously output.
The analog image signal enters the image signal processing circuit in ASIC (IC1) and then is coverted into a digital data.
(2) Circuit Operation
[Start]
When the START/COPY/SET button is pressed, IC1 pin 62 goes to a high level and IC7 is turned ON, which makes CN7
pin 2 go to a low level and the voltage applied to the LED array to turn on the LED.
F1, F2, FR and FTG signals are output to the CCD board to drive the CCD image sensor. Therefore, when the LED is
turned ON, the VIDEO (analog image signal) is output from the CCD board to CN5 pin 7.
CCD Scanner Timing Chart (1 Dot Cycle)
F1
F2
FR
A/D data valif
VIDEO
Block Diagram
+5V
LED
ARRAY
CCD
BOARD
CN6
1
DOCUMENT
LENS
R67
R70
R71
R72
R73
Q6
IC1
15
F153
14 F252
13
FR51
12
FTG50
6,8
7
Q7
84
VIDEO
C58
40
AIN1
R75
R74
+24V
CN7
R65
1
2 R66 16
IC7
0V
|141 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
62
KX-F910BX
4-4. STEPPING MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
(1) Function
Two individual stepping motors are used for transmission and reception. They feed document or recording paper
synchronized for reading or printing.
During motor drive, gate array IC1 pin 77/pin 71 becomes high level, Q2/Q4 are turned ON, and Q1/Q3 go ON as a result,
+24 V is supplied to the motor coil.
Stepping pulses are output form gate array IC1, causing driver IC7/IC8 to go ON. The motor coil is energized sequentially in
2 phase increments, which causes a 1-step rotation. Rotation of 1-step 0.13mm of recording paper or document paper.
Timing chart is below.
Timing Chart
Stepping Motor Phase Pattern

Mode
Function
TM0 (RM0)
Copy
TM1 (RM1)
STD
Fine/Half Tone
Super Fine
STD
Fine/Half Tone
Super Fine
Paper Feed
TM2 (RM2)
FAX
TM3 (RM3)
Drive Phase
Pattern
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
Speed
434 pps
434 pps
217 pps
434 pps
434 pps
217 pps
217 pps
1-2. Phase (Asic TM0-TM3, RM0-RM3 output)
Circuit Diagram
Phase 0
R43
(R45)
GATE ARRAY
(IC1)
TXE
(RXE)
Phase 1
+5V
+24V
Phase 2
Phase 3
R44
(R46)
77
(71)
D1
(D2)
Q1
(Q3)
Q2
(Q4)
max. 1/434 (sec)
IC7(IC8)
D3
(D4)
CN9
TM0
(RMO)
73
(67)
4
(4)
TM1
(RM1)
74
(68)
5
(5)
TM2
(RM2)
75
(69)
6
(6)
TM3
(RM3)
76
(70)
7
(7)
13
(13)
12
(12)
11
(11)
10
(10)
(CN10)
(RECEPTION)
TRANSMISSION
MOTOR
When the motor is OFF, gate array IC1 pin 77/pin 71 becomes low level and Q2/Q4 are turn OFF. This causes Q1/Q3 to
also go OFF and inserted of +24V, +5V is supplied through D1/D2 so that the motor is held in place.
|142 |
KX-F910BX
4-5. SENSORS AND SWITCHES
[Recording Paper Sensor (SW273)]
When recording paper is present, the plate push the switch lever, the input signal of IC151-6 pin (ANALOG) becomes Iow
level. When the set runs out of recording paper, the plate leaves the switch lever, the input signal of IC151-6 pin (ANALOG)
becomes high level.
PLATE
+5V
R275
IC151
6
R276
SW273
C273
Analog Board
Signal (IC151-6 Pin)
Set Recording Paper
Low level
No recording Paper
High level
[JAM Sensor (SW272)]

When recording paper is jammed, the plate push the switch lever, the input signal of IC151-7 pin (ANALOG) becomes Iow
level. Usually, the plate leaves the switch lever the input signal of IC151-7 pin (ANALOG) becomes high level.
PLATE
+5V
R273
IC151
7
R274
SW272
Analog Board
JAM
Low level
NO JAM
High level
|143 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
C272
KX-F910BX
[Cover Open Sensor (SW271)]

When the upper cabinet is closed, the plate push the switch lever, the input signal of IC151-33pin (ANALOG)
becomes low level. When there is opened, the plate leaves the switch lever, the input signal of IC151-33pin (ANALOG)
becomes high level.
PLATE
+5V
R271
IC151
33
R272
SW271
C271
Analog Board
Close
Low level
Open
High level
[Read Position Sensor (PI301)]

When an document is brought to read position, the shelter plate pass the sensor light, the phototransistor becomes ON,
and the input signal of IC301-15pin (Operation) becomes low level. When there is no document at the read position, the
shelter plate shuts the sensor light, the phototransistor becomes OFF, and the input signal of IC301-15pin (Operation)
becomes high level. (When checking this sensor condition, IC301-16 pin becomes low level).
SHELTER PLATE
+5V
+5V
IC301
R333
15
16
XLD12
LED11
R331
Operation Board
Phototransistor
Out of the Read Position
OFF
High level
At the Read Position
ON
Low level
|144 |
KX-F910BX
[Document Sensor (PI302)]
When a document is set, the shelter plate shuts the sensor ligh, the phototransist or becomes OFF, and the input signal
of IC301-15 pin (Operation) becomes high level. When there is no document, the shelter plate passes the sensor light, the
phototransistor becomes ON, and the input signal of IC301-15 pin (Operation) becomes low level.
(When checking this sensor condition, IC301-9 pin becomes low level.)
SHELTER PLATE
+5V
+5V
IC301
R333
15
9
XLD12
LED10
R332
Analog, Digital and Operation Board
Phototransistor
No document
ON
Low level
Set document
OFF
High level
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|145 |
KX-F910BX
5. MODEM SECTION
5-1. FUNCTION
The unit uses a 1 chip modem (IC11), enabling it to act as an interface between the control section for FAX sending and
receiving, and the telephone line. During a sending operation, the digital image signals are modulated and sent to the
telephone line, while during a receiving operation, the analog image signals which are received via the telephone line are
demodulated and converted into digital image signals. The communication format and procedures for FAX communication
are standardized by ITU-T. This 1 chip modem (IC11) has hardware which sends and detects all of the necessary signals
for FAX communication and DTMF.
It can be controlled by writing commands from the ASIC (IC1) to the register in the modem (IC11).
This modem (IC11) also sends DTMF signals, generates a call tone (from the speaker), and detects a busy tone and dial
tones and DTMF.
Overview of Facsimile Communication Procedures (ITU-T Recommendation):
(1) ON ITU-T (International Telecommunications' Union.)
The No. XIV Group of ITU-T, one of the four permanent organizations of the International Telecommunications Union
(ITU), investigates and make recommendations on international standards for facsimile.
(2) Definition of Each Group
Group
(G1)
A-4 size documents official without using formats which reduce the band width of signal sent over telephone lines.
Determined in 1968.
Transmission for about 6 minutes at scanning line density of 3.85 lines/mm.
Group
(G2)
Using reduction technology in the modulation/demodulation format, A-4 size document is sent at an official scanning
line density of 3.85 lines/mm for about 3 minutes.
Methods to suppress redundancy are not used.
Determined in 1976.
Group (G3)
Method of suppressing redundancy in the image signal prior to modulation is used. A-4 size document is sent within
about one minute.
Determined in 1980.
Group (G4)
Transmission is via data network. Method is provided for suppressing redundancy in signals prior to transmission,
and error-free reception of transmission is possible.
The scope of these facsimile applications is not limited simply to transmission of written statements. Through
symbiotic linkages with other communications methods, it can be expected to expand to include integrated services.
(3) Facsimile Call Time Series
As shown in the following diagram, the facsimile call time series is divided into five phases.
Message Transmission
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
Phase D
Phase E
Facsimile Procedure
Facsimile Call
Progress derection of operation
Phase A : Call setting
Call setting can be manual/automatic.
Phase B : Pre-message procedure
Phase B is a pre-processing procedure and a sequence for confirming status of terminal, transmission route, etc. and
for ter-minal control. It implements terminal preparation status, determines and displays terminal constants, confirms
synchronization status, etc. and prepares for transmission of facsimile messages.
Phase C : Message transmission
Phase C is the procedure for transmission of facsimile messages.
Phase D : Post message procedure
Phase D is the procedure for confirming that the message is completed and received. In the case of continuous
transmission, return is made repeatedly to phase B or phase C for transmission.
Phase E : Call retrieval
Phase E is the procedure for call retrieval, that is, for circuit disconnection.
|146 |
KX-F910BX
(4) Concerning Transmission of Time
Transmission Time =
Control Time
Image Transmission Time
Hold Time
Transmission time consists of the following.

Control time :
This is time at the start of transmission when functions at the sending and receiving sides are
confirmed, transmission mode is established, and transmission and reception are
synchronized.
Image transmission time:
This is the time required for transmission of document contents (image data). In general, this
time is recorded in the catalog, etc.
Hold time:
This is the time required after the document contents have been sent to confirm that the
document was in fact sent, and to check for telephone reservations and/or the existence of
continuous transmission.
(5) Facsimile Standard
Telephone Network Facimile
Item
G3 Machine
Connection Control Mode
Telephone Network Signal Mode
Terminal Control Mode
T. 30 Binary
Facsimile Signal Format
Digital
Modulation Mode
PSK (V. 27 ter) or QAM (V. 29)
Transmission Speed
300 bps (control Signal)

2400, 4800, 7200, 9600 bps (FAX Signal)
Redundancy Compression
1 dimension : MH Mode
Process
2 dimension : MR Mode (K=2.4)
(Coding Mode)
Resolution
Line Synchronization Signal
Main Scan : 8 pel/mm

Sub Scan : 3.85, 7.7l/mm
EOL Signal
1 Line Transmission Time
Depends on degree of data reduction.
[ms/line]
Minimum Value : 10, 20

Can be recognized in 40ms.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|147 |
KX-F910BX
(6) Explanation of Technology
@ G3 Communication Signals (T. 30 Binary Process)
In G3 Facsimile communication, this is the procedure for exchange of control signals between the sending and receiving
machines both before and after transception of image signals.
Control signals at 300 bps FSK are: 1850 Hz...0, 1650Hz...1.
An example of binary process in G3 communication is shown below.
Transmitter Side
Phase A
Document set
Dial
Receiver Side
Dial Tone
Bell
Bell Detection
(CNG)
CED
Notifies of capacity of
receiving unit (e.g. , recording
paper width, transmission speed).
FAX SW
DIS
Phase B
Checks the performance of the

sending machine (document width,
transmission speed, etc.), and sets
the communication mode.
DCS
Check the receive preparation
and line condition.
Training 1, TCF
CFR
Transmission Start
Receive preparation OK
Training 2
Record Start
Phase C
Image Information
Record Stop
RTC
Transmission End
EOP
Phase D
Reception OK
MCF
Information of Disconnect
DCN
Disconnect
Phase E
Disconnect
Explanation of Signals
Control signals are comprised mainly of 8-bit identification signals and the data signals added to them. Data signals
are added to DIS and DCS signals.
Signal.....DIS (Digital Identification Signal)
Function:
Notifies of capacity of receiving unit
Identification Signal Format.....00000001
The added data signals are as follows.
(Example)
Bit No.
DCS
DIS/DTC
Transmitter - T. 2 operation
Receiver - T. 2 operation
T.2 IOC = 176
T. 2 IOC = 176
Transmitter - T. 3 operation
Reserved for future T. 3 operation features
|148 |
KX-F910BX
Bit No.
7
DIS/DTC
Reserved for future T.3 operation features
Reserved for future T.3 operation features
Transmitter - T.4 operation

Receiver - T.4 operation
10
DCS
11, 12
Data signalling rate
Receiver - T.4 operation

Data signalling rate
(0, 0)
V.27 ter fallback mode
2400 bit/s V.27 ter
(0, 1)
V.27 ter
4800 bit/s V.27 ter
(1, 0)
V.29
9600 bit/s V.29
(1, 1)
V.27 ter and V.29
7200 bit/s V.29
13
Reserved for new modulation system
14
Reserved for new modulation system
15
Vertical resolution = 7.7 line/mm
Vertical resolution = 7.7 line/mm
16
Two-dimensional coding capability
Two-dimensional coding
17, 18
Recording width capabilities
Recording width
(0, 0)
1728 picture elements along scan line
length of 215 mm } 1%
length of 215 mm } 1% and
(0, 1)

(1, 0)

(1, 1)
Invalid (see Note 7)
Invalid
19, 20
Maximum recording length capability
Maximum recording length
(0, 0)
A4 (297 mm)
A4 (297 mm)
(0, 1)
Unlimited
Unlimited
(1, 0)
A4 (297 mm) and B4 (364 mm)
B4 (364 mm)
(1, 1)
Invalid
Invalid
Signal.....DCS (Digital Command Signal)

Identification Signal Format.....X1000001
(Example)
DIS/DTC
21, 22, 23
Standard setting
DCS
Minimum scan line time capability at the receiver
Minimum scan line time
(0, 0, 0)
20 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=T3.85
20 ms
(0, 0, 1)
40 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=T3.85
40 ms
(0, 1, 0)
10 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=T3.85
10ms
(1, 0, 0)
5 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=T3.85
5ms
(0, 1, 1)
10 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=1/2 T3.85
(1, 1, 0)
20 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=1/2 T3.85
(1, 0, 1)
40 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=1/2 T3.85
(1, 1, 1)
0 ms at 3.851/mm: T7.7=T3.85
0ms
|149 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Bit No.
Function:
Notifies of capacity of receiving machine obtained
at DIS and announces the transmission mode of
the sender. The added data signals are as follows.
KX-F910BX
Bit No.
DIS/DTC
Standard setting
1
Extend field
DCS
24
Extend field
25
2400 bit/s handshaking
2400 bit/s handshaking
26
Uncompressed mode
27
Error correction mode
Uncompressed mode
Error correction mode
28
Set to 0
Frame size 0 = 256 octets

1 = 64 octets
Error limiting mode
Error limiting mode
30
Reserved for G4 capability on PSTN
Reserved for G4 capability on PSTN
31
Unassigned
32
Extend field
29
33
Validity of bits 17,18
(0)
Bits 17,18 are valid
(1)
Bits 17,18 are invalid
Extend field
Recording width
Recording width indicated by bits 17,18

Recording width indicated by this field bit
information
34
Recording width capability 1216 picture elements
along scan line length of 151 mm } 1%

35
elements

36
Middle 1216 elements of 1728 picture

Middle 864 elements of 1728 picture
elements
Invalid
Invalid

37

38
Reserved for future recording width capability
39
40
Reserved for future recording width capability
Extend field
41
Semi super time / mm

Semi super time / inch
42
43
Super time
0
0
inch
45
mm
46
MSC/SF
47
Select polling
48
EXT
44
Extend field
Note 1 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.2 must have the following capability : Index of cooperation (IOC)=264.
Note 2 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.3 must have the following capability : Index of cooperation (IOC)=264.
Note 1 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.4 must have the following capability : Paper length=297 mm.
Signal
Identification Signal Format
Function
Training 1
Fixed pattern is transmitted to receiving side at speed

(2400 to 9600 bps) designated by DCS, and the receiving side
optimizes the automatic equalizer, etc., according to this signal.
TCF
Sends 0 continuously for 1.5 seconds at the same speed as the

training signal.
(Training Check)
(Confirmation to Receive)
Notifies sending side that TCF has been properly received. If

TCF is not properly received, FTT (Failure To Train) X0100010
is relayed to sender. Sender then reduces transmission speed
by one stage and initiates training once again.
Training 2
Used for reconfirmation of receiving side the same as training 1.
CFR
X0100001
|150 |
KX-F910BX
Signal
Identification Signal Format
Function
Refer to next page.
Image Signal
RTC
Sends 12 bit (0...01 ~ 6 times to receiver at same

speed as image signal and notifies of completion of
transmission of first sheet.
(Return to Control)
EOP
X1110100
End of one communication
X0110001
End of 1 page reception
X1011111
Phase E starts.
X1110010
Completion of transmission of 1 page. If there are still

more documents to be sent, they are output instead of
EOP. After MCF reception, sender transmits image
signal of second sheet.
X1111100
If there is an operator call from the sender, it is output

after RTC.
X0110101
Output in the case of operator call from receiver.
(End of Procedure)
MCF
(Message Confirmation)
DCN
(Disconnect)
MPS
(Multi-Page Signal)
PRI-EOP
(Procedural Interrupt-EOP)
PIP
(Procedural Interrupt Positive)
A Redundancy Compression Process Coding Mode

This set uses one-dimensional MH format.
(a) Document
Facsimile
Black 4
White
2
15
4
12
2
16
8
18
00110111101010 011
110101
(White 400)
(Black 4) (White 15)
11
0100111
000101
(Black 2) (White 18) (Black 8)
Code for
White Line
Black Line
00110101
000011011
000111
010
0111
11
1000
10
1011
011
1100
0011
1110
0010
1111
00011
10011
000101
10100
000100
10
00111
0000100
11
01000
0000101
12
001000
0000111
13
000011
00000100
14
110100
00000111
15
110101
000011000
16
101010
0000010111
17
101011
0000011000
18
0100111
0000001000
13
11
(Black 2)
001000
(White 12)
000011
10
(White 13) (Black 3)
(c) Total bit number before MH codification (497 bit)

(d) Total bit number after MH codification (63 bit)
|151 |
Code for
011
(Black 4)
101010
(White 16)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
(d) Codification of
(c) according to
MH formula
Run length
Basic Technique of Facsimile
(b) Part of document
(c) Run length and

image signals
equivalent to (b)
Modified Huffman (MH) Code
KX-F910BX
5-2.MODEM CIRCUIT OPERATION
The modem (IC11) has all the hardware satisfying the ITU-T standards mentioned previously.
When the gate array IC1 (116) is brought to low level, the modem (IC11) is chip-selected and resistors inside IC are selected
by select signals from ASIC (IC1) A0-A4, commands are written through data bus, and all processing is controlled at the ASIC
(IC1) according to ITU-T procedures. Here the signal INT dispatched from IRQ (pin 52 of IC11) to the ASIC (IC1) when
preparation for acceptance of transmission data is OK and when demodulation of reception data is complete, the ASIC (IC1)
implements post processing. This modem (IC11) has an automatic application equalizer. With training signal 1 or 2 at time of
G3 reception, it can automatically establish the optimum equalizer. Also, the modem (IC11) generates an internal clock of
24.00014MHz by means of an external crystal oscillator (X1).
(1) Facsimile Transmission/DTMF Line Send
The digital image data on the data bus is modulated in the modem (IC11), and sent from pin 44 via amplifier
IC10 (6 7), the NCU section to the telephone line.
IC11 (44)
C73 R90 IC10(6-7) CN1(10) CN271(10) C184 R182 IC151(73-63)

C74
[C203 R210 IC201(2-1) C202 R201 T101] TEL LINE.
[
]: NCU section
(2) Facsimile Reception

The analog image deta Which is received from the telephone line passes through the NCU section and enters pin 45 of the
modem (IC11). The signals that enter pin 45 of the modem (IC11) are demodulated in the board to digital image signals,
then placed on the data bus.
In this case, the image signals from the telephone line are transmitted serially, Hence they are placed on the bus in 8 bit
units. Here, internal the equalizer circuit reduces the image signals to the long-distance receiving level.
It is designed to correct the characteristics of the frequency band centered about 3 kHz and maintain a constant receiving
sensitivity. It can be set in the service mode.
TEL.Line T101 R202 C205 IC201(6-7) C210 C212 R215 C213 IC202(1-2) C217
CN271(9) R11 IC10(2-1) C19 R13 IC11(45)
(3) DTMF Transmission (Monitor tone)
The DTMF signal generated in the modem (IC11) is output from pin 44, then passes through the analog G/A IC151, and
the NCU section to the telephone line as same as facsimile transmission signals.
(DTMF Monitor Tone)
IC11 (44)
C73 R90 IC10(6-7) CN1(10) CN271(10) C184 R184 IC151(76-41) C158 R161
C74
IC151 (40-38) R245 C245 IC241(4-5,8) Speaker
(4) Call Tone Transmission
The call signal which is generated in the ASIC (IC1) passes through analog G/A IC151 and IC241 (4 8, 5) to the speaker.
IC1(85,87)
R59 C56 CN2(1) CN272(1) R186 C187 IC151(78-41) C158 R161

R60 C57
IC151 (40-38) R245 C245 IC241(4-5,8) Speaker
(5) Busy/Dial Tone Detection

The path is the same as for FAX receiving. When it is detected, the carrier detect bit of the resistor in the modem
(IC11) becomes 1, and this status is monitored by the ASIC (IC1).
|152 |
KX-F910BX
6. EXPLANATION OF ANALOG SECTION BLOCK DIAGRAM
(1)Function
The analog section serves as interface with the telephone line. The digital board (IC11) for transmission reception of FAX
signals, and the speech network IC (IC109) are connected to the NCU section. Switching between the digital board (IC11) and
the other sections is executed by means of a multiplexer in the NCU section. The control signals to the individual analog sections
are output mainly from the ASIC IC1, and the status information for the various sections also is held in the ASIC IC1.
Simple explanations for the various sections are given below.
2) Circuit Operation
[NCU Section]
Interface with the telephone line and external telephone. This is composed of bell detection circuit, pulse dial generation circuit, EXT.TAM OFF-HOOK detect circuit, vox circuit, amplifier circuit for line transmission and reception, sidetone circuit multiplexer circuit, etc. See below for details.
[Modem (IC11)]
This is used for FAX signal tone modulation, DTMF signal transmission, ring tone generation, and line transmission beep
generation. The DTMF signal and Beep are placed onto the TX system. The ring tone passes through the analog switch.
Output to the speaker via the power amplifier (IC241).
[Speech Network IC (IC109)]
This is special IC combining the hands-free and handset circuits in 1 chip. The handset and microphone are connected to
this circuit. At the time of hands-free operation, the SP output is outputted after passage through the power amplifier (IC241)
and the DTMF monitor tone and the pulse dial monitor tone output from IC11 (Digital Board) and IC151 (Analog Board) are
given as input to this IC and become the monitor tone at the time of handset dialing.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|153 |
+5V
RX
Q1
LOOP
IC202
IC201
30
13
PC103
EXT
TEL
L103
R1
VAR1
DP
L104
T1
+5V
27
BELL
22
IC109
L106
PC101
VR
CN152
+
SA102
T
SA101
+5V
PC102
EXHOOK
MODRX
TEL LINE
POS
+5V
+5V
L105
DC
VR
TX
RL101
D101
T101
IC201
+
VR
EXHOOK2
T102
MIC
PC105
SP-Phone IC
11
7
+24V
16
15
|154 |
RL101
61
63
TMU
LRLY.
Q271
70
RMU
VOX DET
VOX
+5V
59
V
O
L
1
V
O
L
2
V
O
L
3
SW275
67
V
O
L
4
SPEAKER AMP
73
IC151
G/A
75
CROSS POINT
38
CN241
+5V
SW273
71
IC241
SPEAKER
40
CN251
P13
+5VA
+5VD
+24V
THPON
AG
DG
PG
SW272
35
50
23
22
1
2
+5VD
77
78
CLRX
+24V
CTL
4
5
24-DOW
(PG)
from P.S.U
TONE1
TONE2
DATA
ADDRESS
JAM
DETECT
+5V
SW271
COVER
SW
8
3
PAPER
SET
+5V
SP MUTE
HOOK
SW
+5V
CLTX
RESET
S-RNABLE
SW274
TONE/PULSE
SW
KX-F910BX
Analog Unit Block Diagram
KX-F910BX
7 NCU Section
7-1. GENERAL
This section is the interface with the telephone line and external telephone. It is composed of EXT. TEL Line relay
(RL101), bell detection circuit, pulse dial circuit, Auto Disconnect circuit, TAM Interface circuit, line amplifier and
sidetone circuits and multiplexer.
7-2. EXT. TEL. line relay (RL101)

Normally this relay switches to the external telephone side (break) and it switches to the open side (make) when the set
starts facsimile communication.
IC151 (32) High Level Q271 ON RL101 (make)
7-3. BELL DETECTION CIRCUIT

Signal waveform of each section are indicated below. Signal (low level section) input to pin 4 of gate array IC151 are
read out at CPU and judged as bell.
Between Tip and Ring
about 150V
48V
1.5V
0V
1.5V
Between PC101(1) and (2)
PC101(4)/Gate Array IC151 (4)
5V
TEL LINE PC101(1,2-4) IC151 (4)
7-4. PULSE DIAL CIRCUIT
IC151 (3) High Level PC102 (2) High level PC102 (4) High Level Q101 OFF Telephone Line
|155 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION

In OFF-HOOK Condition, the photocoupler PC102 pin (2) is low level by IC151 pin (3) and PC102 pin (4) is low level so
Q101 is ON. At the time of pulse dial operation, PC102 pin (2) becomes high level by IC151 pin (3), so that PC4 pin (4)
becomes high level, and Q101 becomes OFF line ON/OFF by high/low control for IC151 pin (3) makes pulse dial operation possible.
KX-F910BX
7-5. AUTO DISCONNECT CIRCUIT
(1)Function:
This circuit is used to detect the fact that another telephone connected to the same line is OFF-Hook while the unit is in the
time of TEL/FAXs arrival bell ringing operation.
(2)Circuit Operation:
Tip (Ring) D101 Q101 C107 D102 R114 Q102 PC103.
During this interval C107 charges and the base of Q102 becomes high, and PC103 pin(2) becomes low, causing PC103 to
go ON. If a parallel-connected telephone or external telephone is put into an OFF-HOOK status,, charge ceases to flow
C107 and the base of Q102 becomes low, causing PC103 to go OFF.
When a line is connected, Q102 and PC103 go ON, causing pin 5 of IC151 to go low. When the line is disconnected, Q102
and PC103 go off, causing pin 5 of IC151 to go high.
7-6. TAM INTERFACE CIRCUIT

This circuit is for to switch between FAX receiving and external TAMs message recording automatically.
This circuit consists of EXT. TAM OFF-HOOK detect circuit, Monitor Transformer, Multiplexer, Amplifier, VOX detect circuit.
In details please refer to page 142. TAM INTERFACE SECTION.
7-7. LINE AMPLIFIER AND SIDE TONE CIRCUITS

The reception signal received as output from the line transformer T101 is given as input to R202, C205 to IC201 pin (6), and
it is inputted to the reception system at an amplifier gain 10.1 dB from pin 7.
The transmission signal given as input to IC201 pin (2) via R210, C203 is amplified to about 15 dB, It is outputted form pin 1
of IC201 and it is transmittted to T101 via R201, C202,T101. Without side tone circuit, the transmission signal here would return
completely to the reception amplifier via R201, C202. Here, the signal output from IC201 pin (1) passes through C218, R203,
R204, C207 and enters the amplifier IC201 pin (5), and this is used to cancel the return part of the transmission signal.
This is the side tone circuit.
Transmission Signal: C203 R210 IC201(2-1)
C202 R201 T101 TEL LINE
C218
R203
R204
C207
Reception Signal: TEL LINE T101 R202 IC201(5,6-7) C210
|156 |
(Side Tone)
KX-F910BX
8. ITS (Integrated telephone System) and MONITOR SECTION
8-1. GENERAL
The general ITS operation is executed by the special IC109. This IC has a speakerphone circuit and a handset circuit in 1
chip, and control to each mode is executed from the outside (IC151). At the time of speakerphone operation the speaker output
passes through the power amplifier (IC241). The DTMF signal and the bell tone are output from the modem (IC11: digital
board). The alarm tone, the key tone, and the beep are outputted from the gate array IC151 (digital board). At the time of pulse
dial operation, the monitor tone is outputted from the gate array IC151.
8-2. SPEAKER PHONE CIRCUIT

(1)Function
This circuit controls the automatic switching of the transmitted and received signals, to and from the telephone line,
when the unit is used in the hands-free mode.
The speakerphone can only provide a one-way communication path.
In other words, it can either transmit an outgoing signal or receive an incoming signal at a given time, but cannot do both
simultaneously. Therefore, a switching circuit is necessary to control the flow of the outgoing and incoming signals.
This switching circuit is contained in IC109 and consists of voice detector, TX attenuator, RX attenuator, compara tor and
attenuator control. The circuit analyzes whether the TX (transmit) or the RX (receiver) signal is louder, and then it
processes the signals such that the louder signal is given precedence. The voice detector provides a DC input to the
attenuator control corresponding to the TX signal. The comparator receives a TX and RX signals and supplies a DC input
to the attenuator control corresponding to the RX signal. The attenuator control provides a control signal to the TX and
the RX attenuator to switch the appropriate signals ON and OFF. The attenuator control also detects the level of the
volume control to automatically adjust for changing ambient conditions.
(Transmission Signal Path)
The input signal from the microphone is sent through the circuit via the following path:
MIC J270 C138 IC109 (13-27) R145 IC151 (75-63) C203 R210 IC201 (2-1) C202 R201
T101 TEL LINE
(Reception Signal Path)
Signals received from the telephone line are outputted at the speaker via the following path.
TEL LINE T101 R202 C205 IC201(6-7) C210 C173 R172 R173 C174 IC151(59-71) C142
R143 IC109 (22-30) C145 IC109 (4-7) R146 C146 IC151 (40-38) R245 C245 IC241 (4-5,8)
SPEAKER
(Control Signal Path)
Control signals for transmission and reception are inputted to IC109 via following path.
(Transmission Control Signal Path)
MIC J270 C138 IC109 [(13) MC AMP SW4 (31)] C130 R130
IC109 [(1) AMP Comparator]
(Reception Control Signal Path)

TEL LINE NCU Section [IC201(6-7)] C173 R172 R173 C174 IC151(59-71) C142 R143
IC109[(22) SW3 RX ATT (30)] C145 IC109 [(4) SW5 SP AMP (7)] C132 R131 IC109 [(3)
AMP Comparator]
(Attenuator Control)
The attenuator control detects the setting of the volume control through pin 11 of IC109 to automatically adjust for changing
ambient conditions.
|157 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
(Voice Detector)
The transmission signal given as input from the microphone to IC109 pin (1) passes through the built-in amplifier and enters the voice detection circuit for judgment of voice noise. In case of noise, the TX attenuator is made effective via the attenuator control.
KX-F910BX
8-3. MONITOR CIRCUIT
(1) DTMF Monitor
(Speaker Operation)
IC11 (44)
C73 R90 IC10(6-7) CN1(10) CN271(10) C184 R184 IC151(76-41) C158 R161
C74
IC151(40-38) R245 C245 IC241(4-5,8) Speaker
(Handset Operation)
IC11 (44)
C73 R90 IC10(6-7) CN1(10) CN271(10) C184 R184 IC151(76-41) C154 L154
C74
L153
Speaker
(2) Alarm/Beep/Key tone
IC1(86) CN1(11) CN271(11) R185 C186 IC151(77-41) C158 R161 IC151(40-38) R245 C245
IC241(4-5,8) Speaker
(3) Bell Signal
IC1(85,87) R59 C56 CN2(1) CN272(1) R186 C187 IC151(78-41) C158 R161
R60 C57
IC151(40-38) R245 C245 IC241(4-5,8) Speaker
|158 |
KX-F910BX
9. TAM INTERFACE SECTION
9-1. FUNCTION
In case that EXT. TAM position is selected in Receive mode, the unit receives documents for FAX call or the external TAM
records a voice message automatically.
To switch between answering machine and facsimile in EXT. TAM Mode.
OPERATION
EXPLANATION
When bell signal rings as many as the numbers
The length of response messages
which installed in the connected answering machine,
should be 8~16 seconds.
the answering machine seizes the line,
While response massage is being played,
then answering massage is out to the line.
the unit starts to detect CNG signal.

When CNG signal is received,
the unit switches to FAX receiving.
10 seconds after the answering machine gets
When there is approximately 5 seconds no sound
the telephone call, no-sound detection begins.
situation for 20 seconds after being passed

10 seconds, the unit switches to FAX receiving.
During this period it detects CNG signal also.
When it cannot detect no-sound nor CNG,
it doesnt switch to FAX receiving,
the unit doesnt catch the line.
(The answering system hangs up the line.)
Bell Signals
...
Arrival
CNG Detect Section

10 seconds
No sound detection (Max. 20 seconds)
(#700 in the service mode)
silent
No sound
Answering Machine responds
about 2 sec.
(8~16 seconds: OGM out)
TAM holds the line
Detect CNG on 5 sec silent
TAM is
Off-Hook
Switch to FAX mode

(disconnect TAM)
Attention 2: When answering machine cant catch the telephone call because of the disconnection or no capacity in the
tape, the unit catches the call after 5 times bell ring (#702 in the service mode), then switches to facsimile.
When you install in Service, it is possible for the unit not to catch phone calls.
|159 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Attention 1: No sound detection lasts 20 seconds after the telephone call comming in to the answering machine. If there
is no sound situation for more than 5 seconds (#701 in the service mode) it is switched to the facsimile.
KX-F910BX
9-2. CIRCUIT OPERATION
TAM INTERFACE circuit consists of EXT. TAM HOOK detection circuit, CNG signal from the partys detection circuit, VOX
detection circuit (to judge sound/no-sound) and RL101 (to separate EXT. TAM).
(1) EXT. TAM HOOK detection circuit
The bell comes to EXT. TAM and EXT. TAM seizes the line, causing to make DC LOOP. PC105 detects this voltage. During
detection PC105 (4) becomes low.
(DC LOOP)
Tip POS101 L105 RL101 (7 6)
VAR1
R192 PC105
L104 Tip1 (EXT.TAM) Ring 1 L103 R103
L105 Ring
(2) CNG signal detection circuit

CNG signal from the partys FAX is detected in MODEM IC11 (digital board).
(Signal path)
TEL LINE C104 T102 C176 R176 IC151 (61)(67) R217 C214 IC202 (10)(11) C217 CN271(9)
CN1 (9) R97 IC10 (2) (1) C82 R95 IC11 (45)
(3) VOX
VOX circuit detects if there is a signal or voice in the line. Thats why VOX circuit reacts to OGM of EXT.TAM and ICM from
the party.
(Signal path)
TEL LINE C104 T102 C176 R176 IC151 (61-70) C291 D290 R296 IC101 (6)(7)
R290
IC151 (30)
EXT.TEL Line VAR1
(4) RL101
Normally this relay switches to the external telephone side (break) and it switches to the open side (make) when the set
changes to facsimile communication from EXT.TAM operation.
IC151(32) High Level Q271 ON RL101(make)
IC151(32) Low Level Q271 OFF RL101(break)
(5) Remote receiving
This is the DTMF signal of parallel connection TEL or EXT.TEL between T and R. When the party is FAX, this turns unit to
FAX receiving.
(Signal Path)
To defect DTMF signal in MODEM.
|160 |
Circuit Diagram
R102
To
MODEM
(IC11)
RX
IC202
1
2
From line
MODRX
L105
TO TEL LINE
JJ1
POS101
T
SA101
DC
LOOP
10
11
RL101
D101
To line
C101
SA102
C102
L106
+5V
5
R292
C290
R295
C291
70
IC151
R176 C176
30
2
3
EXT-MONIT
61
D291
G/A
R290
C104
63
4
R296 D290
VAR1 L104
D151
R106
T1
+5V
1
T102
5
R191
PC105
R188
R221
R294
67
C103
PC101
D152
R291
73
R103
RL101
EXHOOK2
+5V
TO EXT TEL
L103 JJ2
R1
R192
+5V
R104
C189
|161 |
BELL
TX
R120
R182
C105 R107
C184
R293
D271
VOX
25
32
Q271
RLY
From
MODEM
(IC11)
KX-F910BX
CIRCUIT OPERATION
KX-F910BX
10. OPERATION PANEL
The unit consists of LCD (Liquid crystal display), KEYs and LEDs (light-emitting diode). They are controlled by the Gate Array (IC301) and AS IC (IC1: On the DIGITAL BOARD). (Fig.-a)
(COG TYPE)
CN302
ASIC
CN5
2X2
KEYS
MATRIX
CN301
GATE ARRAY
IC301
IC1
8X4
KEYS
MATRIX
LED
DOCUMENT SENSOR
READ POSITION SENSOR
DIGITAL BOARD
OPERATION BOARD
Fig-a DIAGRAM
Key Matrix
I
KIN 0
KIN 1
KIN 2
KIN 3
KIN 4
KIN 5
KIN 6
KIN 7
VOLUME
STOP
VOLUME
SP-PHONE
HELP
(S301)
(S305)
START
/COPY/SET
(S309)
(S313)
3
(S317)
MUTE
(S321)
6
(S314)
2
(S322)
5
(S326)
8
(S330)
0
(S315)
1
(S318)
REDIAL/
PAUSE
(S319)
FLASH
(S323)
4
(S327)
7
(S331)
(S316)
(S320)
(S324)
(S328)
(S332)
O
KSL0
DIRECTORY AUTO
RECEIVE
(S325)
(S329)
9
#
KSL1
ONE-TOUCH
4
(S303)
ONE-TOUCH
1
(S304)
KSL2
KSL3
LED11
ONE-TOUCH
LOWER
5
(S307)
(S311)
ONE-TOUCH ONE-TOUCH
2
3
(S308)
(S312)
LED8
O
XLD 13
LOCATOR
INTERCOM
(S335)
MEMU
(S333)
RESOLUTION
XLD 14
(S334)
|162 |
KX-F910BX
11. LCD COG TYPE
The Gate Array (IC301) needs only write ASCII code from the data bus (D4~D7). V0 is power supplies for crystal drive.
R320, R322 are density control resistors.
Consequently, in this set the timing (mainly positive clock) is generated by the LCD interface circuitry of the gate array
(IC301).
Circuit Diagram
D4-D7
LCD UNIT
ENABLE
IC301
RESET
(COG TYPE) R/W
R322
V0
C316
LED7
R320
Timing Chart
R/W
E
DB4~DB7
DATA
Density
Normal
Dark
LED 7
|163 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
(IC301-4 pin)
KX-F910BX
12. SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY SECTION
Block Diagram
AC Input
Input
Circuit
Rectifier
Circuit
+
-
C106
Q101
Converter
Circuit
24V Output
24V
Output Circuit
C
GND
H
D
A-B Voltage Wave Form
Control
Circuit
0
C-D Voltage Wave Form
Over
SUB Printed Current
Circuit Board Circuit
IC101
0
DC-DC
Converter
Circuit
+5V Output
E-F
G-H Voltage Wave Form
Error Detecting
Circuit
[Input Circuit]
Input current goes into input rectifier circuit through filter circuit. Fitter circuit decreases noise terminal voltage and
noise electric field strength.
[Rectifier Circuit]
Input current is rectified by D101 and charge C106 to make DC voltage, then supply power to converter
circuit. Voltage is supplied to control ICs kick-on voltage through R102 and R103. Inrush current is limited by
thermistor TH101.
[Converter circuit]
The converter circuit of this power supply circuit is called fly back converter.
We explain the operation of this circuit with the simple circuit.
T101
D201
Ei
Eo
Q101
B
CONTROL CIRCUIT
|164 |
P...PRIMARY WINDING
S...SECONDARY WINDING
B...CONTROL WINDING
KX-F910BX
The circuit in the previous page, when the transistor Q101 is ON, secondary rectifier diode D201 is OFF and the energy is
charged in the transformer T101. Q101 continues being ON while the voltage is generated by control winding (B). Q101 is
tuned OFF by control circuit, then each windings of T101 changes the polarity and rectifier diode D201 truns ON.
The charged energy of T101 supplies power through D201 to output load. And the voltage of control winding is decreased
and Q101contines being OFF state. When all energy is discharged through D201, Q101 is turned ON again and it makes the
polarity of each windings of T101 in reverse and goes to self oscillation. When input voltage Ei is high, the ON period of Q101
becomes shorter, and when load current is high, the ON period of Q101 becomes longer.
The value of output voltage is
Eo = d/(1-d)*Ei
Ton: ON TIME OF Q101
d = Ton/Ts
Ts : PERIOD OF OSCILLATION
D (D201)
SW
Ei
Eo
In the equivalent circuit:
(Q101)
When SW is ON, current flows

SW L
VL
When SW is OFF, Current flows
RL
L D RL
The value of inductance rectifiers increasing
current during ON period.
T101
IL = Ei / L*d*Ts
(1)
VL
Ei
Ts
The value of inductance rectifiers decreasing
Eo
current during OFF period.

dTs
IL = Eo/L(1-d) * Ts
(2)
From equations (1) and (2),

Eo = d/(I-d) * Ei
dTs
(1-d)Ts
In the actual circuit, the fixed output voltage can be obtained by changing the winding ration of transformer T101. In this
converter circuit, the duty ratio of ON period and OFF period of the transistor produces output. In this power supply, the bias
winding is also built-in in the transformer and the output value is one. 24V output voltage is stabilized and changes the duty
ratio.
[Over Current Limiter (O.C.L.)]

IC101 rectifiers the highest voltage with resistors R105 and R106 detecting the current in the primary side. When the current
is supplied higher than the highest voltage, it switches to ratch mode which stops oscillating.
[DC-DC converter]
Output 5V, is made by DC-DC Converter. 5V output is rectified by IC202, Q201, L201, D203.
|165 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
[Control Circuit And Error Detecting Circuit]

The control circuit amplifies the output with increased voltage detected in the error detecting circuit, then drives the main
transistor. In this power supply the duty ratio is defined by changing the ON period of main transistor.
This is shown as follows.
When the output voltage of 24V circuit becomes higher, the current of photo coupler PC101 increases, the pulse width of
output control IC becomes narrow and the ON period of Q101 becomes shorter.
KX-F910BX
Dummy load method (for the quick check of power supply output)
Power Supply Board

V :Vollage Meter
CN301
5V
GND
Output range
5V (5.1V+
5%)
24V (24.5V+
4%)
5V (5.1V+
5%)
3
4
24V
5
6
CN302
8
(22 2W)
24V (24.5V+
4%)
(4.7K 1/2W)
|166 |
KX-F910BX
13. CORDLESS SECTION
13-1. EXPLANATION OF CPU DATA COMMUNICATION
(1) Calling
Portable
Unit
Base
Unit
(STANDBY MODE)
[TALK]
ACK-T
When calling, a communication

request DATA (ACK-T) is
transmitted from the Portable
Unit first, and a permitting
data (ACK-R) is returned from
the Base Unit to it, then a
communication data (TALK) is
transmitted from the Portable
Unit.
ACK-R
TALK
OFF HOOK
IN USE LED ON
ACK-L
TALK LED ON
The permitting DATA (ACK-R)

from Base Unit to Portable
Unit includes the empty
channel information stored in
Base Unit. After transmitting the
communication DATA (TALK)
from Portable Unit to Base
Unit, the channel is used.
(2) To terminate
Communication
When the TALK button on

Portable Unit is pressed
during communication, a LINK
terminating DATA (STANDBY) is
sent to terminate communication.
[TALK]
STANDBY
ON HOOK
IN USE LED OFF
STANDBY data is sent 4 times.
|167 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TALK LED OFF
KX-F910BX
(3) Ringing
Portable
Unit
Base
Unit
(STANDBY MODE)
Ring signal
IN USE LED Flashing
ACK-T
ACK-R
Ring
Ringing
TALK LED Flashing
ACK-L
Ring
ACK-L
After detecting the Ring signal from circuit, the Base Unit sends a LINK form requesting DATA (ACK-T) to the Portable Unit.
When receiving this data, the Portable Unit returns a permitting DATA (ACK-R) to the Base Unit. After receiving the returned
DATA from the Portable Unit, the Base Unit sends a ring signal DATA (Ring), then the Portable Unit starts ringing.
(4) Ports for transmitting and receiving of data

Portable Unit :
transmitting .... 38~41 Pin
receiving ....... 21 Pin
Base Unit :
transmitting .... 27~30 Pin
receiving ....... 73 Pin
(5) Wave form of DATA used for cordless transmission and reception
The DATA which is transmitted from the Portable Unit to the Base Unit is combination of DATA 0, DATA 1, DATA Delimt, Pre
data and End data of P1.
The DATA which is transmitted from the Base Unit to the Portable Unit is combination of DATA 0, DATA 1, DATA Delimt, Pre
data and End data of P2.
|168 |
KX-F910BX
PORTABLE HANDSET
The time is the same as 1. Waveform is imperfect.
Transmitting DATA Format
Pre data
0
DATA 0
0.504 ms
3.024 ms
DATA 1
1.008 ms
END data
Delimiter
DATA Delimt
1.512 ms
2.520 ms
BASE UNIT
Transmitting DATA Format
The time is the same as 1. Waveform is imperfect.

Pre data
0
DATA 0
0.504 ms
3.024 ms
DATA 1
1.008 ms
END data
Delimiter
1
DATA Delimt
1.512 ms
2.520 ms
(6) When LINKing

Pre data START CHANNEL
8 bit
Portable
Unit
Pre data START CHANNEL
ID CODE
20 bit
CNT COD SET No. COMMAND

4 bit
ID CODE
8 bit
4 bit
SET No. COMMAND
Parity
Parity
END
4 bit
END
When LINKing from the Portable Unit (when becoming STBY to TALK), DATA is transmitted in above format. The combined
portion of DATA 0 and DATA 1 is transmitted in LINK requesting DATA format first. Then, when LINK OK (ACK-R) DATA is
returned from the Base Unit, it is sent as LINK form DATA after changing the combination of DATA 0 and DATA 1. And the
DATA Delimt is between each Frame as a stop.
The contents of LINK requesting DATA and LINK form DATA are different depending on each operation.
|169 |
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Base unit
KX-F910BX
(7) Pulse Dial
Pulse DATA
Pre data
DATA 0 or DATA 1
DATA 0 or DATA 1
END data
13 bit
DATA Delimt
When executing Pulse Dial,the Pulse Dial DATA is transmitted from the Portable Handset to the Base Unit in above format.
The combination of DATA 0 and DATA 1 are changed by each Dial No. And the DATA Delimt is between each Frame as
a stop. The number of Frame is 2.
(8) Tone Dial

Tone DATA
Pre data
DATA 0 or DATA 1
DATA 0 or DATA 1
Continue
c c c
13 bit
DATA Delimt
When executing Tone Dial, Tone Dial DATA is transmitted from the Portable Handset to the Base Unit in above format.
The DATA is changed by Dial No. as same as Pulse Dial. When Tone Dialing, DATA (Continue DATA) that the key is
pressed continuously is sent to the Base Unit during the key is pressed. When depressing the key, the TONE Dial
exterminating DATA (Tone end DATA) is send, and the END data is sent finally.
NOTE
1,000,000 kinds of the security code are available for
the model KX-T910BX. Each time the portable unit is
set on the cradle of the base unit (for charging), the
CPU automatically change the security code.
13-2. FREQUENCY TABLE (MHz)

Base Unit RX
Portable Handset TX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
814.0125
0375
0625
0875
1125
1375
1625
1875
2125
2375
2625
2875
3125
3375
3625
3875
4125
4375
4625
4875
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
814.5125
5375
5625
5875
6125
6375
6625
6875
7125
7375
7625
7875
8125
8375
8625
8875
9125
9375
9625
9875
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
|170 |
Base Unit TX
Portable Handset RX
904.0125
21
0375
22
0625
23
0875
24
1125
25
1375
26
1625
27
1875
28
2125
29
2375
30
2625
31
2875
32
3125
33
3375
34
3625
35
3875
36
4125
37
4375
38
4625
39
4875
40
904.5125
5375
5625
5875
6125
6375
6625
6875
7125
7375
7625
7875
8125
8375
8625
8875
9125
9375
9625
9875
Q505
AMP
LPF
EXP
LPF
DATA
AMP
NOISE
AMP
COOD-RX
Q504
NOISE
Detect 1
Squelch1
NOISE
Detect 2
AMP
RX-MUTE
AMP
Squelch2
TX-MUTE
MOD
LPF
COMP
LIMIT
ALC
COOD-TX
12V
ENABL
BUSY-F
67
S DATA-C
TXPWR
TXP
S DATA-F
SCLK
Q502
MPU
66
PLTX
TXB
SCHG
63
OSC2
BUSY-C
BUSY-F
52
CLK
51
S DATA-F
46
S DATA-C
45
24-DOWN
44
RESET
43
26
25
12V
DC/DC
CONVERTER
+24V
34
33
35
MAIN
CHARGE
CN501
Q509,Q510
+
X501
3.99MHz
Spare
CHARGE
Q511,Q512,Q513
KX-F910BX
(RF-UNIT)
SCTL
OSC1
72
LD
MCHG
65
MCLED
CPS
RESET
64
SCLED
SI
24-DOWN
STOPC
13
RST
BUSY-C
IC501
14
RXB
ENABL
Beep 40
74
FLS20
68
FLS30
RX-MUTE 18
73
RX-DATA
TX-DATA
|171 |
Q501
17
Reg.
TX-MUTE
27~30
5V
IC504
13-3. BLOCK DIDAGRAM OF CORDLESS BASE UNIT
Q503
AF
(Main P.C.BOARD)
IC502
CIRCUIT OPERATION
(RF Unit)
~
904.9875MHZ
RX freq 814.0125MHZ
~
814.9875MHZ
IC201
LPF
BPF
Q204
RF AMP
Q203
2XBPF
RF AMP
1stMixer
F201
F204
VCO202
1st Local freq 792.6125MHZ
Q201
1stIFAMP
BUFFER
2nd
Mix
2nd
LO OSC
455kHz
Filter
AF
Buffer
RX VCO
Detector
793.5875MHZ
LOOP
FILTER
IC204
|172 |
LD
PLL
BLOCK
REFERENCE
OSC
CLK
RST
DATA
VCO201
TX VCO
LOOP
FILTER
X201
12.8MHZ
TXB
RXB
BPF
Q202
RF
POWER AMP
IC203
RF
POWER AMP
IC202
BUFFER
TX MOD
GND
F203
TX POWER B
KX-F910BX
TX freq 904.0125MHZ
KX-F910BX
13-4. CIRCUIT OPERATION OF CORDLESS BASE UNIT
(1) Power Circuit (charging circuit power supply)
Pins 1 and 8 are switched in the clock period which is determined by capacitor C560 connected to pin 3 of the
switching regulator IC (IC503). The switching output turns Q507 ON or OFF and reduces the 24V voltage to 12V.
Pin 5 of IC503 is the feedback input pin whose input signal is used to stabilize the output voltage.
Circuit Diagram
+24V
VT(12V)
ANALOG
C560 4
IC503
C559
R566
R567
D503
R568
R569
C561
D504
Q507
L511
CN501
(1,2)
R565
(2) Charge Circuit

When the portable handset is places on the charging stand, Q510 is turned ON, and the charging information is
supplied to MPU pin 34 as a logical high signal. When the charging information is supplied to the MPU, the MPU
sends the ID signal from pin 30. This ID signal switches Q509, and it is supplied to the portable handset via the
charging pin of Q509. In the same way, when the spare battery is inserted into the charging stand, Q512, is turned
ON, and the charging information is supplied to MPU pin 33. When both the portable handset and spare battery are
to be charged, the MPU outputs a logical low signal from pin 35 which turns Q513 OFF and also turns Q511 OFF,
thereby limiting the charging current to the spare battery. When only the spare battery is to be charged, the MPU
outputs a logical high signal from pin 35 which turns Q513 and Q511 ON so that the charging current is increased.
Circuit Diagram
VT
R655
L513
C601
L514
D505
R656
R657
R540
Q510
D506
R659
30
C602
C604
C603
CN503
M +
M C
M
S +
S
D507
R661
4
5
6
8
7
R665
R663
VT
34
R662
Q513
R668
MPU
(IC501)
35
R664
Q511
R548
C605
Q512
D508
C606
R667
|173 |
R669
33
CIRCUIT OPERATION
R650
Q509
L515
KX-F910BX
(3) Line Receiving Signal
The signal supplied from the line is input from pin 6 of CN501 through the analog board, and it is output from
pin 6 of the RF unit via IC502 pins 9, 11, 13, 15, 18, 20, 22 and 24 in this order.
Circuit Diagram
R535
C533
C525 C524
R540
C521
R534
CN501
C554
C555
R564
R532
R533
VR503
R531
R561
(6pin)
L503
C523
R562
VR504
C531
C534
R563
CN502
R537
10
11
RF
MOD
13
C529
(6pin)
15
18
20
LIMIT
21
22
24
COMP
LPF
IC502
(4) RX Data Circuit

The AF output from the RF unit is amplified by Q503 and demodulated into a date signal by pins 35, 36, 5, 4,
and 3 of IC502. The result is then supplied to pin 73 of IC503 as the reception data signal.
Circuit Diagram
R514
C504
C505
CN502
C502
R511
R512
(1pin)
AF
C513 R524
R513
Q503
R516
R525
C512
C511
IC503
R523
C503
C501
R515
(73pin)
R543
R544
C536
VR501
36
35
LPF
IC502
(5) ID Code Setting

When the portable handset is placed on the cordless base unit, the charge detector operates and ID data is out
put from pin 30 of the IC501. After passing through data amplifier Q509 and the charge terminal, the data is sent
to the portable handset.
|174 |
KX-F910BX
(6) Electric Field Detect in Circuit
The electric field detection circuit comprises a noise amplifier and a noise detection circuit. If the output from
the circuit is high level, the information "no signal detected" is sent to MPU IC501. If the output is low level,
the information "signal detected" is sent to MPU IC501.
The AF output from the RF unit is amplified by Q503 and, at pins 55 and 54 of IC502, noise signal only are
extracted by an approximately 10KHz band-pass Filter. Wave detection is performed by the noise detection circuit
built into IC502, and the result is output as logical output to pin 48 of IC502.
Circuit Diagram
R514
C504
C505
IC501
(68pin)
IC502
C502
R511
(1pin)
R512
R513
Q503
AF
R517
R516
C503
C501
R515
C509
R518
55
R520
R519
VR C507
501
C508
54
52
AMP
49
48
NOISE
DET 2
SQ 2
IC502
13-5. CIRCUIT OPERATION OF RF UNIT

(1) PLL Circuit
IC201 includes two PLL circuits for transmission frequency and reception local frequency.
The frequency in the band of 900 MHz supplied from TX VCO and RX VCO, and Ref. OSC frequency (12.8
MHz) are divided into 12.5 kHz frequency controlled by the CPU. The phases of the frequency from TX and RX
and the reference frequency are compared each other, the control voltage is supplied to the VCO circuit from
pins 7 and 18 so that the desired TX and RX frequencies are provided. The VCO control signal (TX, RX frequency setting) of the PLL circuit is supplied to CPS pin 15, SI pin 16 and RST pin 17 from the CPU circuit.
Also, the locked oscillation frequency of the VCO circuit is supplied to the CPU from pin 14 at "L".
Circuit Diagram
C240
VC201
C215
C214
Frequency RX
Demultiplication
6 GND
7 PD1
8 Vcc
9 XIN
10 XOUT
RXE 20
GND 19
Phase Comparator
OSC+1/2
Divider
Phase Comparator
Frequency Ref
Demultiplication
PD2 18
RST 17
SI 16
CPS 15
LD 14
11 XB
12 GND
RX VCO
from VCO202
R222
R225
LPF (RX)
MIXO 13
IC201
Ref. OSC. 12.8MHz

CPU circuit
|175 |
R231
C239
Frequency TX
Demultiplication
C238
R209
C216
X201
to TX VCO
LPF (TX)
C204
R204
C203
C202
R202 R203
5 TXE
C237
4 TXB
Control
voltage
R223
C208
C236
TX VCO
from VCO201
C241
Vcc 22
C242
RXB 21
C243
2 TXO
3 Vcc
Control voltage
to RX VCO
CIRCUIT OPERATION
MIXR 24
MIXIN 23
1 NC
KX-F910BX
(2) Receiver RF Circuit ( ): Portable Handset
The electric wave received from the antenna is attenuated by the SAW filter F204 except the received frequency
band.
Then it is amplified by the RF amplifier Q204 and Q203, and supplied to the IC201 pin 23 (MIXER input).
Circuit Diagram
C255 C256
ANT
L209
C257
L214
TX
C240
2 TXO
MixIN 23
R229
L204
F204
R231
C241
L212
MixR 24
C247
1 NC
L205
IC201
C248
C246 Q203
R228
L203
R230
Q204
(3) MIXER IF Circuit ( ): Portable Handset

The signal in the received frequency band supplied to IC201 pin 23 (MIXER input) is converted to 21.4 MHz of
the 1st IF by the received local signal in the MIXER circuit, and output to pin 13 of MIXO. The resonance circuits
of C235, L201 and L202 are resonated to 21.4 MHz. The 21.4 MHz IF signal becomes an element of the }7.5
kHz band width by the MCF F201 and is supplied to IF amplifier Q201. The signal is supplied to IF IC204. The
second local frequency is 20.945MHz. The frequency is converted here into the 455kHz second IF frequency. It
is detected inside the IC204 and it appears at pin 11 as the demodulation audio signal.
Circuit Diagram
VRX
+
12 GND
C223
R214
C224
OSC
IF
7
C231
C229
C230
C227
C228
C226
C225
CD201
R212
X202
C232
F202
|176 |
Q201
L201 L202
DET
MIX
C234
+
-
C235
R218
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
GND 2
R211
R217
R213
IC204 R216
C222
C220
AF 1
R219
C219
MixO 13
IC201
R215
F201
C218
C217
R235
VRX 3
VRX
R220
KX-F910BX
(4) TX Power Circuit ( ): Portable Handset
The TX VCO output signal flows through the buffer IC202 and IC203 and it is supplied to the TX Power Amp.
Q202. The received signal is attenuated by the band pass filter F203 except its received frequency band. Then it
is supplied to the antenna without having any influence on the Receiver RF circuit.
Circuit Diagram
C251
2 GND GND 5
2 GND GND 5
L206
C212
C253
L213
F203
L208
C250
Vcc 6
C249
1 IN
Q202
R208
R206
C213
Vcc 6
R234
ANT
L209
C257
L214
3 GND OUT 4
L207
3 GND OUT 4
1 IN
C211
C210
IC203
R232
@
IC202
C255 C256
R233
RX
CIRCUIT OPERATION
|177 |
COMP
LIMIT
HPF
LPF
MOD
GND
IC1
SP-MUTE
SP
SP AMP
EXP
LPF
AF
TXPB
LPF
TXB
DATA AMP
RXB
3.0V
Reg
24
VA
VC
25
STOPC
3.0V
Reg
SQL
38~41
TX DATA
46
MIC MUTE
TX POWER
KEYSCAN
BATTLOW
IC6
CPU
RXPOWER
TALK A B
Auto
Flash
program
Redial/pause
PLLTX
STOPC
CHG
14
RXB
Q17, IC8
CHARGE
16
OSC
TXPB
Q16, IC3
TALKLED
INT' LED
48
X4
ID
TXB
+
PLL LD
P.DOWN
12
31
37
DIAL KEY
11
22
PLL CLK
ALM
PLL SI
VOL
Q14
23
Ni-cd
BATT
PLL RST
PLLDATA
30
26
Squelch
RESET
ID
10
32, 33
RESET
RX DATA
47
POWER SW
SP MUTE
|178 |
VC VA
21
Noise
AMP
C
RINGER
AMP
RINGER
KX-F910BX
ALC
13-6. BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PORTABLE HANDSET
(Control Bolck)
MIC-MUTE
MIC AMP
MIC
(RF Unit)
TX freq 814.0125MHZ
~
814.9875MHZ
RX freq 904.0125MHZ
~
904.9875MHZ
IC201
LPF
BPF
Q205
Q203
2XBPF
RF AMP
RF AMP
1stMixer
F201
F204
VCO202
1st Local freq 925.4125MHZ
Q201
1stIFAMP
BUFFER
2nd
Mix
2nd
LO OSC
455kHz
Filter
AF
Buffer
RX VCO
Detector
926.3875MHZ
|179 |
LOOP
FILTER
IC204
LD
PLL
BLOCK
REFERENCE
OSC
CLK
RST
DATA
VCO201
TX VCO
LOOP
FILTER
X201
12.8MHZ
TXB
RXB
BPF
IC203
RF
POWER AMP
IC202
BUFFER
TX MOD
GND
F203
TX POWER B
KX-F910BX
Q204
RF
POWER AMP
CIRCUIT OPERATION
KX-F910BX
13-7. CIRCUIT OPERATION OF PORTABLE HANDSET
(1) RF Transmission/Reception Power Supply Circuit
The power source for transmission is switched on and off by the CPU that controls Q14, Q16 and Q17 for
battery current. It is stabilized the constant voltage by the 3 V regulator and supplied to the RF unit and IF
IC. In the standby mode, Q16 is switched ON and 3 V is supplied to the RXB via IC3 only when pin 22
becomes Low. In the TALK mode, when pins 23 and 31 are set to Low and Q16 and Q17 is switched ON,
approx. 3 V is supplied to the RXB via IC3 and TXB via IC8. And then, pin 23 is set to Low, Q14 is ON and
approx. 3 V is supplied to the TXPB .
IC3
Q16
Reg.
3.0V
RXB
TXPB
Q14
22
Q17
23
CPU
RX POWER
IC8
Reg.
3.0V
TXB
31
CPU
TX POWER
CPU
TX PLL
(2) Electric Field Detection Circuit

The electric field detection circuit that consists of the DET Amp., IC1's noise filter, integration circuit and
comparator detects the electric filed by checking noise.
The audio signal output from pin 1 of CN1 extracts noise of approx. 18 kHz by the noise filter of IC1 after it is
amplified by the DET amplifier. After the noise is converted to the De voltage in the integration circuit, it is input to
the comparator to gain High and Low outputs.
Pin 49 decides the sensitivity of the integration circuit and pin 52 decieds the time constant.
In the strong electric field, the De voltage of pin 52 is 0.5 V or less, pin 48 outputs Low.
In the weak electric field, the De voltage of pin 52 is approx. 1 V, pin 48 outputs HIGH.
Integration circuit
Circuit Diagram
(IC1)
CN1 1
Audio
R116
C202
54
C63
C19
C64
55
R13
C74
VR1
Comparator
C18
R118
C20
Integration Circuit
Noise
Filter
DET Amp.
Q15
R1
R8
1.9V
R117
48
49
R9
|180 |
52
R11
C16
CPU
19 pin
KX-F910BX
(3) Data Reception Circuit
The RX Data circuit consists of the HPF, LPF and Data Amp.
The received RX data is output to pin 56 of IC1 as the audio signal. The data frequency is digital signal of
600~2000 Hz. The data signal output from pin 1 of CN1 is output from pin 5 as signal of 100~4000 Hz through the
HPF of pins 35 and 36 and the LPF in IC1. And then it is amplified in the data amplifier of pins 3 and 4 and
detected after it is sent to pin 21 of the CPU.
Circuit Diagram
(IC1)
DATA Amp.
CN1
Audio 1
Signal
R116
C20
36
R118
HPF (100 Hz)
R5
C63
CPU
21 pin
fc=4 kHz
C6
R3
C37 R29
5
35
C74
3rd LPF
C5
VR1
C202
C64
Q15
R117
R30
(4) Ringer Circuit

When the Ring signal is received with the power switch of the portable unit ON, the ringer is activated. When
the ring signal is received, pin 33 is set to High. After Q11 is turned ON, Q13 is switched on by the ringer frequency in pin 30 and then the buzzer is ON.
Circuit Diagram
Ringer Driver
R104
+
BZR
Q13
C62
R106
Q11
R108
30
33
CPU
ALM
CPU
VOL1
(5) Reception Signal Circuit
Circuit Diagram
(IC1)
SP Amp.
HPF
R5
R118
CN1
36
3rd LPF
R116
C20
C63
C5
C6
35
C74
R3
VR1
C10 VR3
R166 C7
34
33
30
EXP
R167
C64 Q15
28
C1
+
R15
32
R117
29 @
+
C8
31
+
C9
Q1
DET Amp.
|181 |
47
CPU SP Mute
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The reception circuit consists of the DET amplifier, and IC1's HPF, LPF, Expander and SP amplifier.
The received voice signal is output to pin 34 as an audio signal of 200-2400 Hz via the HPF and LPF of IC1
to eliminate unnecessary elements, after it is amplified the same way for the RX data.
The amplified received voice signal is input to the expander from pin 33 because it is the demodulated signal
compressed in the base unit. The expanded signal is output to pin 30 and it is amplified by the SP amplifier of
pins 29 and 30, and sent to the SP.
The transistor Q1 for SP muting functions when it is set to ON while the SP is on. If SP muting mode is selected, Q1 functions when it is set to OFF. Therefore, the CPU controls pin 47 when HIGH is output with the
SP on, and LOW is output during muting mode.
KX-F910BX
(6) Sending Signal
The received voice signal from the microphone is amplified in the microphone amplifier of Q19 and input to the ALC
amplifier of IC1. The ALC circuit prevents the received voice signal from being distorted when a large volume signal
is input from the microphone. If an input signal level becomes beyond the previously set one, the circuit reduces the
Amp. gain in order not to fluctuate the output level by strong input. The LIMIT circuit clips strong signals that are
leaked from ALC filtering. The transmitted voice signal output from pin 15 is input to the compressor from pin 18 and
amplified. Then, it flows through the MUTE circuit and output to pin 20. This circuit controls the CPU when the signal is Low during calling and High during muting mode. The transmitted voice signal through the MUTE circuit is input to the HPF of pins 21 and 22, and sent to the Mixer circuit in IC1.
The Mixer circuit mixes the TX data from the CPU with the transmitted voice signal (however, Mic. Mute mode is activated during TX data transmission). Finally, the Mixer output flows through the LPF of 4 kHz cut-off frequency and
it is output from pin 24, then sent to the RF modulator.
Circuit Diagram
(IC1)
ALC Amp.
R175
C38
R176
Mic
R174
C80
R178
10
ALC
Q19
C76 R177
CPU
23 46 Pin
Mic Mute
11
C27
13
Mic Amp.
C34
R26
LIMIT
15
18
R20
20
COMP
C33 R22
R18
R27
C26
C25
LPF
22
RF
Modulation Circuit
24
Mixer
R19
21
CPU
38 ~ 41
25
TX Data
(7) Reset Circuit

After the power supply to work is put, the voltage at point 1 is raised to the same level of the microcomputer.
However, since D16 is 3.3 V Zener, the voltage of RESET stays Low until D16 is turned ON. When D16 is ON,
the Power Down becomes High and the output of the RESET becomes Low for about 20 ms, then the RESET
is activated.
Circuit Diagram
2
R151
6V
D15
D16
1
R149
C34
IC5
1
3
25
Timing Chart
VC Microcomputer Voltage
Microcomputer Clock
1 Voltage
2 Voltage (Reset)
3 Power Down
|182 |
CPU
Power
Down
CPU
Reset
KX-F910BX
(8) Charging Detection, ID Data Detection
If the portable unit is put on the base unit to recharge it, the DC voltage is applied to the charge terminal on the portable unit. At this time, the output of the diode bridge becomes High, and the charging detection signal is output when
Q6 is changed from High to Low. Simultaneously, the differentiated signal is input to Q7 via C43 and Q7 outputs a low
pulse to the CPU. Each output of Q6 and Q7 is the charging detection signal which the CPU uses when the power
switch is on and off.
Q2 receives the ID data that the base unit sends during charging and transmits it to the CPU.
Battery recharging is carried out by the power supply from the diode bridge via R71 and R72.
Circuit Diagram
CPU
44 pin
R60
ID
DATA
Q2
R59
R71
R63
R61
R62
Q6
R72
R71
Diode Bridge
C44 R64
CONNECT
R66
Base unit
CPU
25 pin
CHARGE
C43
BATT
R65
C45
R67
CPU
26 pin
Q7
Portable unit
(9) CPU Power Supply, Low Battery

The power is supplied to the CPU from the battery via D5.
The CPU detects that the battery is low by comparing the constant voltage of pin
In the standby mode, X4 of the subsidiary clock oscillates at 32.76 kHz.
In the operation mode, X3 of the main clock oscillates at 4 MHz.
with the battery voltage of pin
Circuit Diagram
CPU
D5
RXB
3V
+
-
97
Vcc
AVcc
Main
CLK
~3
9
IC6
R155
R211
5
Batt Low
R210
R180
|183 |
Sub
CLK
11
~4
12
CIRCUIT OPERATION
C47
KX-F910BX
FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1. DC voltage measurements are taken with oscilloscope
or tester from ground .
2. The schematic diagram and circuit board may be
modified at any time with the development of new
technology.
Varcap.
Anode
Cathode
General
Anode
Cathode
Anode
Zener
Anode
Cathode
LED Photo Dikode

Cathode
Cathode Anode
Important safety notice

Components identified by
mark have special
characteristics important for safety. When replacing any of
these components, use only manufacturer's specified parts.
|184 |
KX-F910BX
TERMINAL GUIDE OF IC'S, TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

9
32
15
28
14
1
16
PQVIBA12003
PQVICX58257C
23
PFWIF910BX
22
12
11
34
PQVITC4066BF
33
44 @
MN53007QAF
PQVI0008GE12
AN1431T
41
51
40
60
20
61
80
PQVIMM1245BF AN6183SE1
PQVIMC34119M PQVINJM2113V
PQVINJM4558M PQVINJM2903M
17
72
108
37
36
109
PFVIR96DFXL
7
1
8
12
33
14
AN6165SB
PQVIM64084AF
PQVIS79164FU
PQVITC4069UBF
32
48
17
16
49
64
PQVIDBL5018
13
25
144 @ 1
16
100 @ 1
32 @
30
81
24
24
PFVIT7D56
31
AN6116FAQ
16
50
80
21
4
1
PFVINJ2360D
PFVIFA5317P
73
8
14
16
17
B
C
PQVIXCC3501P
PQVIXC3002PR
PQVIXCC3202P
MN151233KZAB
2SD1858R
2SD1921Q
2SB1322
B
E
2SK543
PQVTFS10KM10
PQVTDTC114EU PQVTDTC144E PQVTDTC143E

PQVTDTA143EU PQVTD123J106 PQVTDTB123E
PQVTD123T146 PQVTDTC144TU 2SB970A
2SD1819A 2SD601R 2SC4571R77
2SC4226R24 2SC4227R34 2SC4116
|205 |
KX-F910BX
2SA1627
2SC4604
2SC2235
PFVD2KBP08M
PQVDS1ZB40F1
Anode
Cathode
Anode
Cathode
1
2
MA6D49
PQVDAK04A
PQVDS5688G
PQVDERA1802
PQVDERA81004
PFVDAG01A
MA165
Cathode
Cathode
MA4220
MA4180
Cathode
Anode
1SS131
1SS119
Cathode
Anode
PQVDSLR325MC
PQVDSR325CA47
Anode
MA3062
PQVDSB703Q
|206 |
MA110
Cathode
Anode
Anode
MA2300
Cathode
RLS71
Cathode
Anode
MA2S111 MA8047
PQVDRB751H4
PQVDPY1112H
PQVDBR1112H
MA7200
Anode
2SK2101
MA4075
PQVDHZS2B1
KX-F910BX
TOOLS
PCB3
EC4
EC3
EC1
EC6
PCB5
EC5
EC2
PCB2
PCB1
EC14
EC7
EC11
EC8
EC9
EC12
EC10
EC13
PCB8
EC16
EC15
PCB6-1
EC17
PCB6
|207 |
KX-F910BX
CABINET , MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PARTS LOCATION

1. Operation Panel Section
1-1
3
1
1-2
11
5
6
7
8
13
9
14
PCB3
12
16-1
15
16
A
20
17
21
18
23
24
19
22
A
2
2
10
|208 |
KX-F910BX
2.Upper Section
65
66
67
69
62
68
70
A
B
55
66-1
45
62-1
59
50
54
60
64
46
76
52
60-1
57
48
75
49
A8
47
73
53
63
E601
58
43
PCB6-1
61
48
72
57
56
Note:
Attach the pad
plate to the top
of the cutter
unit as shown
above.
44
43
52
51
43
42
40-1
PCB8
40
PCB6
71
74
41
J
J
J
|209 |
KX-F910BX
3.Lower Section
102
101
130
100
110
105
133
107
147
103
117 131
128
108
129
111
104
109
112
111
121
118
113
114
PCB2
119
115
PCB5
139
142
PCB1
A
A
140
H
A
143
144
141
A
145
A
D
134
145
146
145
A
A
145
|210 |
137
138
132
116
106
135
121
136
126
122 123
124125
120
127
KX-F910BX
4. CCD Section
LED ARRAY
2
171
CCD CHASSIS
170-1
POINT
Note: Place the LED Array in the

center of point A as shown above.
172
173
174
174
PCB4
175
176
170
N
177
178
N
177
180
177
179
177
177
177
|211 |
KX-F910BX
6. ACTUAL SIZE OF SCREWS AND WASHER
Part No.
Figure
XTW3+S10P
XTW3+W6P
PJHE5065Z
XSN3+W6FZ
XYC3+CF6
XSB4+6
XYN2+C8
XWC4B
XYN3+F10
XTB3+12G
XTW3+CS12P
XTB26+8J
XTW26+12F
XTB3+10G
XTN3+8G
XTN26+6J
XWC26BFN
|213 |
KX-F910BX
ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS

A7
A8
A2
P6
P3
A6
A1
P5
A4, A5,
A3
P4
P1
P4
P2
Note: The rechargeable Ni-Cd battery

KX-A43BX are available through
sales route of Panasoic.
|214 |
KX-F910BX
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

This replacement parts list is for KX-F910BX version only.
Ref. No.
Notes:
Model KX-F910BX
1. RTL (Retention Time Limited)
The marking (RTL) indicates that the Retention Time is limited for this item.
After the discontinuation of this assembly in production, the item will continue to be
available for a specific period of time. The retention period of availability is
dependent on the type of assembly, and in accordance with the laws governing
part and product retention.
After the end of this period, the assembly will no longer be available.
2. Important safety notice
Components identified by the
mark special characteristics important for safety.
When replacing any of these components, use only manufacturer's specified parts.
3. The S mark indicates service standard parts and may differ from production parts.
4. RESISTORS & CAPACITORS
Unless otherwise specified,
All resistors are in ohms ( ) K=1000 , M=1000K
All capacitors are in MICRO FARADS ( F ) P= F
*Type &Wattage of Resistor
Type
ERC: Solid
ERX: Metal Film
PQ4R: Carbon
ERD: Carbon
ERG: Metal Oxide ERS: Fusible Resistor
PQRD: Carbon
ER0: Metal Film
ERF: Cement Resistor
Wattage
10, 16: 1/8W
14, 25: 1/4W 12: 1/2W
1: 1W
2: 2W
3: 3W
*Type &Voltage of Capacitor
Type
ECFD: Semi-Conductor
ECCD, ECKD, ECBT, PQCBC: Ceramic
ECQS: Styrol
ECQE, ECQV, ECQG: Polyester
PQCUV: Chip
ECEA, ECSZ: Electrolytic
ECQMS: Mica
ECQP: Polypropylene
Voltage
ECQ Type
ECQG
ECSZ Type
Others
ECQV Type
1H: 50V
05: 50V
0F: 3.15V
0J: 6.3V
1V: 35V
2A: 100V
1: 100V
1A: 10V
1A: 10V
50, 1H: 50V
2E: 250V
2: 200V
1V: 35V
1C: 16V
1J: 63V
2H: 500V
0J: 6.3V
1E, 25: 25V
2A: 100V
Ref. No.
Part No.
Part Name & Description
Pcs
CABINET, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PARTS

(1. OPERATION PANEL SECTION)
1
1-1.
1-2.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PFYGF910BX
PFGP1025Y
PFGG1008S2
PFUS1025Z
PFGV1002Z
PFGD1004Z
PFBX1011Z1
PFGP1017Z
PFBX1013X1
PFBX1012Y2
PFBC1004Z1
OPERATION GRILLE ASS'Y

LCD PANEL
GRILLE
SPRING, ROLLER
TRANSPARENT PLATE (for TEL. CARD)
TEL. CARD
BUTTON, DIAL
LED COVER
BUTTON, FUNCTION
BUTTON, DIALER
BUTTON, START/COPY/SET
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16-1.
17
18
19
PQDR9685Z
PFAVLMG161C8
PFJS10R21Z
PFDE1020Z
PFDE1019Z
PFUS1027Z
PFYC2F780M
PFHX1081Z
PFUS1026Y
PQDR10005Z
PFDF1005Z
ROLLER, SUPPORT
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY
CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
LEVER, READ DETECTION
LEVER, DOCUMENT DETECTION
SPRING, DOCUMENT LEVER
OPERATION GRILLE COVER ASS'Y
COVER (READING SHEET)
SPRING, SUPPORT ROLLER
ROLLER, SUPPORT EXIT PRINT
SHAFT, SUPPORT RLLER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
20
21
22
23
24
PFHR1019Z
PFUS1024Z
PFUS1023Y
PFHG1020Z
PFHR1018Z
LEVER, SEPARATE SPRING ADJUST

SPRING, SEPARATION
SPRING, DOCUMENT FEED
RUBBER, SEPARATION
SEPARATION RUBBER HOLDER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
Pcs
(2. UPPER CABINET/

THERMAL HEAD SECTION)
40
40-1.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
PFYM1F910BX
PFHS1010Z
PFBD1002Z2
PFUS1022Y
PFUS1042Z
PFUS1039Y
PFJS09R22Z
PFMH1021Y
PFDG1004Z
PFDJ1007Z
PFDN1006Z
UPPER CABINET ASS'Y

TAPE
KNOB, FRONT LID OPEN
SPRING, EARTH
SPRING, THERMAL HEAD
SPRING, EARTH
CONNECTOR, 9 PIN
COVER, PAPER GUIDE
GEAR, DOCUMENT FEED ROLLER
SPACER, ROLLER
ROLLER, DOCUMENT FEED
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
PFJS6R23Z
PFDG1003Z
PFDJ1006Z
PFDN1005Z
PFDE1008X
PFDE1007X
PFDG1013Z
PFDJ1005Y
PFDN1003Z
PFJHS004Z
CONNECTOR, 6 PIN
GEAR, DOCUMENT FEED
SPACER, ROLLER
ROLLER, DOCUMENT FEED
GUIDE, HEAD (RIGHT)
GUIDE, HEAD (LEFT)
GEAR, RECORDING PAPER ROLLER
SPACER, PLATEN
ROLLER, RECORDING PAPER
THERMAL HEAD
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
60
60-1.
61
62
62-1.
63
64
65
66
66-1.
67
68
69
PFZEF780M
PFHG1025Z
PFHD1003Y
PFYC3F900M
PFHX1098Z
PFJT1001Y
PFUG1006Z
PFKS1006Z2
PFYC1F910BX
PFQT1218Z
PFKR1004Z2
PFKR1005Z2
PFUS1034Z
CUTTER ASS'Y
PAD PLATE
REVET, HEADER PIN
CUTTER LOWER GUIDE ASS'Y
SPACER (CUTTER SHEET)
BATTERY CHARGE TERMINAL
GUIDE, CUTTER
TRAY, DOCUMENT
ROLL COVER ASS'Y
CAUTION LABEL
GUIDE, DOCUMENT (LEFT)
GUIDE, DOCUMENT (RIGHT))
SPRING, DOCUMENT
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
70
71
72
73
74
PFDG1002Z
PFJS18R31Z
PQJJ1J006Z
PFGP1027Z
PFYFF910BX
1
1
1
2
1
75
76
PFKM1011Z2
PFKK1003Z2
GEAR, DOCUMENT GUIDE

CONNECTOR, 18 PIN
JACK,ANTENNA
LED COVER
BOTTOM CABINET ASS'Y
(for Handset Cradle)
UPPER CABINET(for Handset Cradle)
BATTERY COVER
(for HANDSET CRADLE)
1
1
(3. LOWER CABINET SECTION)
|215 |
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
PQJM128Z
PQHG556Z
PQJS02Q62Z
PFHG1024Z
PFAS50PTC01Z
PFJS02R20Z
PFUS1029Y
PFDE1010Z
PFDE1009Y
PFDE1011Z
PFZLF780M
MICROPHONE
RUBBER, MIC COVER
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
SPACER, SPEAKER
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
SPRING, SPEAKER
LEVER, OPEN SENSOR
LEVER, JAM SENSOR
LEVER, PAPER SENSOR
LOCK LEVER ASS'Y
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
111
112
113
114
115
PFDJ1007Z
PFDN1004Z
PQUS10014Z
PFDG1012Z
XUC2FY
SPACER, ROLLER
ROLLER, SEPARATION
SPRING, ONE WAY
GEAR, SEPARATION ROLLER
RETAINING RING
2
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
116
117
118
119
PFJQ1003Z
PFJS05R24Z
PFUA1002Z
PFUS1018X
TX MOTOR
CONNECTOR, 5 PIN
CHASSIS, TX GEAR
SPRING, STATIC ELECTRIC
1
1
1
1
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
PFDG1008Z
PFDG1009Z
PFDG1005Z
PFUS1019Z
PFDE1014Z
PFDG1010Z
PFDG1006Z
PFDE1015Z
PFJS02R25Z
PQST2A04Z
GEAR, IDLER
GEAR, IDLER
GEAR, CHANGEOVER
SPRING, THRUST
ARM, CHANGEOVER
GEAR, IDLER
GEAR, CUTTER
ARM, CUTTER
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
SEESAW SWITCH
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
PFJQ1004Z
PFJS05R27Z
PFUA1003Z
PFDG1011Z
PFMD1006Z
PFDE1017Z
PFDE1016Z
PFDE1028Z
PQFN51Z
PQHM112Z
RX MOTOR
CONNECTOR, 5 PIN
CHASSIS, RX GEAR
GEAR, IDLER
FRAME, BOTTOM
ARM, CUTTER
ARM, CUTTER
LEVER, REMOVE
WASHER
CLAMPER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
PQJP03S07Z
PQJS02Q59Y
PFUS1040Z
PFUS1017Y
PFDG1007Z
PFHA1001Z
PFGT1157Z
PFUS1043Z
CONNECTOR, AC IN LET
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
SPRING, EARTH
SPRING, STATIC ELECTRIC
GEAR, IDLER
RUBBER, LEGS
NAME PLATE
SPRING, COVER OPEN SENSOR
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
Ref. No.
213
214
215
216
Part No.
PFGT1186Z
PQJT10085Y
PQJT10086Z
PQKK10046Z2

NAME PLATE
BATTERY TERMINAL
BATTERY TERMINAL
BATTERY COVER (for HANDSET)
Pcs
1
3
2
1
ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS

A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
PQJA10038Y
PQJA59V
PQUS10136Z
PFQW1115Z
PFQX1084Z
PQHP10023Z
Not Used
PQSA10014Z
PQKC1003Z2
POWER CORD
TELEPHONE CORD
PAPER STACK
QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
INSTRUCTION BOOK
RECORDING PAPER
ANTENNA (for BASE UNIT)
BELT CLIP
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
PFPH72Z
PFPK1127Z
PFPN1045Z
PFPN1056Z
PQPP10005Z
1
1
1
1
1
P6
XZB10X28A04
PROTECTION COVER (for UNIT)

GIFT BOX
ACCESSORY BOX
COMPLETED PAD
PROTECTION COVER
(for PRINTED MATERS)
PROTECTION COVER
(for TELEPHONE CORD COVERS)
1
1
1
1
1
1
DIGITAL BOARD PARTS

PCB1
PFWP1F910BX
DIGITAL P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
(ICS)
(4. CCD SECTION)

170
170-1
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
PFWLF780M
PFVDSLA30222
PF0G1001Z
PFUS1021Z
PF0L1001Z
PFHE1004Z
PFJS08R26Z
PFMD1007Z
PFUS1028Z
PF0M1003Z
PF0M1001Z
PF0M1002Z
CHASSIS ASS'Y
LED ARRAY
TARGET GLASS
SPRING, LENS
LENS
NUT
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
COVER, CHASSIS
SPRING, MIRROR
MIRROR, SMALL
MIRROR, LARGE
MIRROR, MIDDLE
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
1
1
1
(5. PORTABLE HANDSET SECTION)

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
PQAX3P18Z
PQBD10032Y1
PQHG10286Z
PQHG10300Z
PQHG10326Z
PQHR10440Y
PQHX10494Z
PQHX10508Z
PQSA815U
PQSX10016Y
PQKE10038Z2
PQKF10119U2
PFYM2F910BX
SPEAKER
KNOB, POWER
SPACER (MIC)
SPACER (SPEAKER)
SPACER (RINGER)
LED PLATE
SPACER
INSULATOR (RF)
ANTENNA
BUTTON, KEY PAD
HANGER
REAR CABINET
FRONT CABINET
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC10
IC11
PFVIT7D56
PFWIF910BX
PQVICX58257C
PQVIBA12003
PQVIBA12003
PQVIMM1245BF
PQVINJM4558M
PQVIR96DFXL
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q6
Q7
Q8
2SB1322
PQVTDTC114EU
2SB1322
PQVTDTC114EU
PQVTDTA143EU
PQVTDTC114EU
2SD1819A
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
S
1
1
1
1
(DIDES)
D1
D2
D3
D4
|216 |
RLS71
RLS71
MA7200
MA7200
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
Ref. No.
Part No.
(BATTERY)
BAT10
PQPCR2032H09
PRIMARY BATTERY
Value
Pcs
(RESISTORS)
S
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ101
47K
47K
47K
100
100
1
1
1
1
1
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R22
R28
R29
ERJ3GEYJ101
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ101
100
4.7K
100
1
1
1
R30
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
R37
R38
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ224
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ151
PQ4R10XJ000
4.7K
220K
1K
1K
1K
10K
4.7K
150
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R40
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
R49
PQ4R10XJ393
PQ4R10XJ563
PQ4R10XJ562
PQ4R10XJ821
ERD25TJ222
PQ4R10XJ821
ERD25TJ222
PQ4R10XJ223
PQ4R10XJ563
PQ4R10XJ473
39K
56K
5.6K
820
2.2K
820
2.2K
22K
56K
47K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ270
PQ4R10XJ105
PQ4R10XJ103
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
27
1M
10K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R60
R61
R62
R63
R65
R66
R67
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ000
ERD25TJ220
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
10K
10K
JUMPER,
22
JUMPER,
JUMPER,
JUMPER,
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R70
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
R77
R78
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ222
PQ4R10XJ105
PQ4R10XJ000
100
100
100
100
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
2.2K
1M
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CONNECTORS)
CN 1
CN 2
CN3
CN 5
CN 6
CN 7
CN 8
CN 9
CN10
CN11
PQJP11A19Z
PQJP11A19Z
PQJP07A19Z
PQJP10G30Y
PQJP8G30Y
PQJP02G100Z
PQJP2G30Z
PQJP5G30Y
PQJP05G100Z
PQJP09G100Z
CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
CONNECTOR, 7 PIN
CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CONNECTOR, 5 PIN
CONNECTOR, 5 PIN
CONNECTOR, 9 PIN
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(COILS)
L4
L6
PQLQR1ET
PQLQR1ET
COIL
COIL
R79
R80
R81
R82
R83
R84
PQLQR2BT
PQLQR2BT
PQLQR2BT
PQLQR2BT
PQLQR2BT
PQLQR2BT
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CRYSTAL OSCILLATIONS)
X1
X2
X3
PQVCJ2400N5Z
PQVCL3276N6Z
PQVCJ2400N5Z
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
1
1
1
(COMPONENTS COMBINATIONS)
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
EXRV8V101JV
EXRV8V101JV
EXRV8V101JV
EXRV8V101JV
COMPONENTS COMBINATION
1
1
1
1
(CERAMIC FILTER)
LC1
EXCEMT222D
CERAMIC FILTER
|217 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
R85
R86
R87
R88
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER,
JUMPER,
JUMPER,
JUMPER,
R90
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
R96
R97
R98
PQ4R10XF1802
PQ4R10XF8662
PQ4R10XJ103
ERJ6ENF4752
PQ4R10XJ473
PQ4R10XJ332
PQ4R10XF8662
PQ4R10XJ164
PQ4R10XJ224
L7
PQ4R18XJ000
Pcs
0
0
0
0
Ref. No.
Part No.
Part Name & Description & Value
Pcs
1
1
1
1
C64
C67
C68
C69
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
18K
86.6K
10K
47.5K
47K
3.3K
86.6K
160K
220K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C70
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
C79
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1E224MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H331JC
PQCUV1E104MD
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.001
0.22
0.1
330P
0.1
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
JUMPER, 0
1
C80
C81
C82
C83
C85
C86
C88
C89
PQCUV1H105JC
PQCUV1H331JC
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H105JC
ECUV1E105ZF
1
330P
0.1
0.001
0.001
0.001
1
1
C90
C91
C92
C93
C94
C95
PQCUV1H120JC 12P
PQCUV1H180JC 18P
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
(CAPACITORS)
C8
ECEA0JK221
220
C11
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
ECEA1CKS100
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
10
100P
100P
100P
100P
100P
100P
100P
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
PQCUV1H220JC 22P
PQCUV1H220JC 22P
ECEA1CK101
100
ECEA0JK221
220
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
ECEA1VKS4R7
4.7
PQCUV1H182KB 0.0018
PQCUV1H222KB 0.0022
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H150JC
PQCUV1H150JC
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1H050DC 5P
PQCUV1H050DC 5P
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C60
C61
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H103KB
S
S
1
1
0.1
0.1
15P
15P
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
ANALOG BOARD PARTS

PCB2
PFWP3F910BX
ANALOG P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
(ICS)
IC101
IC109
IC110
IC151
IC201
IC202
IC241
PQVINJM2903M
PQVIS79164FU
PQVITC4066BF
AN6116FAQ
PQVINJM4558M
PQVITC4066BF
PQVIMC34119M
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
0.1
0.01
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q251
Q253
Q271
|218 |
2SA1627
2SD1819A
2SC2235
2SD1921Q
2SD1858R
PQVTDTC143E
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
Ref. No.
Part No.
(DIODES)
PQVDS1ZB40F1
1SS119
1SS119
1SS119
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
1
1
1
1
D201
D202
D271
D290
D291
1SS119
1SS119
RLS71
1SS119
1SS119
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
1
1
1
1
1
ZD101
ZD102
ZD103
MA4180
PQVDHZS2B1
MA7120
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
1
1
1
JACK, TELEPHONE LINE

JACK, TELEPHONE LINE
JACK, HANDSET (CN151)
SA101
SA102
PQVDDSS301L
PFVDRA102M
VARISTOR
VARISTOR
1
1
(TRANSFORMERS)
T101
T102
PQLT8E7A
PQLT8E6A
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
1
1
(OTHERS)
L106
POS101
RL101
VAR1
(JACKS)
PFJJ1T01Z
PFJJ1T01Z
PQJJ1TB18Z
Pcs
(VARISTORS)
D101
D102
D151
D152
JJ1
JJ2
JJ3
EXCELDR35
PQRPBC120N
PQSL119Z
PQVDVR61B
THERMISTOR
RELAY
VARISTOR
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(RESISTORS)
(CONNECTORS)
CN152
CN153
CN241
CN251
CN271
CN272
CN273
PQJP2G30Z
PFJP18A02Z
PQJP02G100Z
PQJP08B11Z
PQJS11A10Z
PQJS11A10Z
PQJS07A10Z
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CONNECTOR, 18 PIN
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
CONNECTOR, 7 PIN
1
1
1
1
1
(SWITCHES)
SW271
SW272
SW273
SW274
SW275
PFSH1A02Z
PFSH1A02Z
PFSH1A02Z
PQSS2A27Z
ESE14A211
SWITCH, SENSOR
SWITCH, SENSOR
SWITCH, SENSOR
SWITCH, DIALING MODE
SWITCH, HOOK
1
1
1
1
1
(COILS)
L103
L104
L105
PQLQR1E32A07
PQLQR1E32A07
PFLE003
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
(PHOTO COUPLERS)
PC101
PC102
PC103
PC105
PQVIPC814K
PQVITLP627
PQVIPC817CD
PQVIPC814K
PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCER

1
1
1
1
C193
ERJ3GEY0R00
JUMPER, 0
R102
R103
R104
R106
R107
R109
PQ4R18XJ000
ERDS1TJ330
ERDS1TJ473
ERDS2TJ152
ERDS1TJ473
PQ4R10XJ104
JUMPER, 0
33
47K
1.5K
47K
100K
1
1
1
1
1
1
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
R118
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ393
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ682
PQ4R10XJ822
ERDS2TJ5R6
PQ4R10XJ123
PQ4R10XJ562
4.7K
39K
10K
6.8K
8.2K
5.6
12K
5.6K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R120
PQ4R10XJ391
390
R130
R131
R132
R133
R134
R135
R136
R138
R139
ERJ3GEYJ332
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ512
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ333
ERJ3GEYJ333
3.3K
1K
22K
100K
5.1K
56K
1K
33K
33K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R140
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
ERJ3GEYJ333
PQ4R10XJ220
ERJ3GEYJ681
ERJ3GEYJ123
ERJ3GEYJ275
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ273
ERJ3GEYJ114
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ513
33K
22
680
12K
2.7M
22K
27K
110K
100K
51K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
|219 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
R150
R158
R159
ERJ3GEYJ224
ERJ3GEYJ222
ERJ3GEYJ222
220K
2.2K
2.2K
1
1
1
R160
R161
R162
R164
R165
R166
R169
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ683
ERJ3GEYJ103
JUMPER, 0
10K
10K
100K
10K
68K
10K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R170
R171
R172
R173
R175
R176
R177
R178
R179
ERJ3GEYJ683
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ123
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ334
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ274
ERJ3GEYJ682
68K
100K
12K
JUMPER, 0
330K
22K
10K
270K
6.8K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R180
R181
R182
R184
R185
R186
R187
R188
R189
ERJ3GEYJ433
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ183
ERJ3GEYJ184
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ124
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ155
43K
15K
47K
18K
180K
10K
120K
22K
1.5M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R190
R191
R192
PQ4R10XJ105
ERDS2TJ102
PQ4R18XJ101
1M
1K
100
1
1
1
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ822
ERJ3GEYJ184
ERJ3GEYJ682
PQ4R10XJ184
ERJ3GEYJ224
1K
56K
22K
56K
8.2K
180K
6.8K
180K
220K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
ERJ3GEYJ393
ERJ3GEYJ224
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ224
ERJ3GEYJ222
ERJ3GEYJ332
ERJ3GEY0R00
39K
220K
100K
100K
220K
2.2K
3.3K
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R220
R221
R222
PQ4R10XJ104
ERJ3GEYJ682
ERJ3GEYJ472
100K
6.8K
4.7K
1
1
1
R241
R242
R243
R244
R245
PQ4R10XJ4R7
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ123
4.7
10K
1K
15K
12K
1
1
1
1
1
R251
R252
R254
R255
R256
R257
PQ4R10XJ221
ERDS1TJ122
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ563
PQ4R10XJ123
PQ4R10XJ222
220
1.2K
100K
560K
120K
2.2K
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
R271
R272
R273
R274
R275
R276
R277
R278
R279
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ102
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ102
ERJ3GEYJ101
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ101
ERJ3GEYJ101
1K
100
1K
100
1K
100
4.7K
100
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R280
R281
R282
R284
ERJ3GEYJ333
ERJ3GEYJ182
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ473
33K
1.8K
47K
47K
1
1
1
1
R290
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
R296
R298
PQ4R10XJ000
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ152
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ153
JUMPER, 0
47K
56K
1.5K
47K
100K
1K
15K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
J108
ERDS2TJ681
680
J104
J105
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
1
1
J250
J252
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
1
1
J270
J271
J272
J273
J274
J275
J276
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEY0R00
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CAPACITORS)
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C109
ECKD2H681KB
ECKD2H681KB
ECQE2E224JZ
ECEA1HN3R3S
ECQE2E104KZ
PQCUV1H103KB
ECEA1CKS221
ECEA1CKS100
ECEA1HKS4R7
C110
C111
C112
ECEA1CKS100
10
PQCUV1E333MD 0.033
PQCUV1H105JC 1
C130
C131
C132
C133
C134
C135
ECUV1C683KBV
ECEA1HKS010
PQCUV1C224ZF
ECUV1H561JCV
ECEA1CKS470
ECEA1HKS4R7
|220 |
680P
680P
0.22
3.3
0.1
0.01
220
10
4.7
0.068
1
0.22
560P
47
4.7
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
C136
C137
C138
C139
ECEA0JK221
ECEA1HKS4R7
ECUV1C473KBV
ECUV1H223KBV
220
4.7
0.047
0.022
S
S
C140
C141
C142
C143
C144
C145
C146
ECEA0JSJ331
PQCUV1H222KB
PQCUV1C224ZF
ECUV1C473KBV
ECEA1HKS010
ECEA1HKS2R2
PQCUV1H333JC
330
0.0022
0.22
0.047
1
2.2
0.033
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C155
C156
C157
C158
C159
ECUV1H221JCV
ECEA0JKS101
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1C683KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
220
100
0.0033
0.068
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
C161
C162
C166
PQCUV1H105JC
PQCUV1H105JC
PQCUV1H105JC
1
1
1
S
S
S
1
1
1
C171
C172
C173
C174
C176
C177
C178
C179
PQCUV1H105JC
ECEA0JKS101
ECUV1C104KBV
ERJ3GEY0R00
ECUV1C473KBV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECEA0JKS101
ECUV1C104KBV
1
100
0.1
JUMPER, 0
0.047
100P
100
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C180
C181
C182
C183
C184
C186
C187
C188
C189
ECUV1H331JCV
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1H221JCV
ECUV1H682KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
330P
0.1
220P
0.0068
0.1
0.0033
0.1
0.0033
0.0033
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
C206
C207
C208
C209
PQCUV1H102J
ECEA1HKS4R7
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1H680JCV
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H103KBV
0.001
4.7
0.1
68P
0.1
100P
0.1
100P
0.01
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C210
C211
C212
C213
C214
C217
C218
ECEA1HKS100
ECEA1CKS100
ECEA1HKS100
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
PQCUV1C224ZF
10
10
10
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.22
C241
C242
C243
ECEA0JKS101
ECUV1H102KBV
PQCUV1H105JC
100
0.001
1
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
C244
C245
PQCUV1H105JC
PQCUV1E273MD
1
0.027
C251
C252
C253
C254
C255
C256
C257
PQCUV1H104ZF
ECEA1HU330
ECEA1HU330
PQCUV1E104MD
ECEA1EU101
PQCUV1H104ZF
ECEA1HU330
0.1
33
33
0.1
100
0.1
33
C271
C272
C273
C274
C276
C277
C278
C279
ECUV1H103KBV
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H103KB
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1H104ZFV
PQCUV1C334ZF
ECUV1H330JCV
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.1
0.33
33P
C290
C291
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1H103KBV
0.1
0.01
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
|221 |
Pcs
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
Ref. No.
Part No.
OPERATION BOARD PARTS

PCB3
PFLP1058M
Pcs
(PHOTO COPLERS)
OPERATION P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
PI301
PI302
CNA1006N
CNA1006N

1
1
(IC)
IC301
MN53007QAF
IC
(RESISTORS)
(DIODES)
D303
D304
1SS131
1SS131
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
LED301
LED306
LED307
PQVDR325CA47 LED
PQVDR325CA47 LED
PQVDSLR325MC LED
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
R307
R308
R309
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
180
180
180
1
1
1
R310
R311
R312
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
180
180
180
1
1
1
R320
R322
R323
R328
R329
PQ4R10XJ680
PQ4R10XJ222
PQ4R10XJ471
PQ4R10XJ471
PQ4R10XJ102
68
2.2K
470
470
1K
1
1
1
1
1
R330
R331
R332
R333
R334
R335
R336
R337
R338
R339
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ331
PQ4R10XJ331
PQ4R10XJ563
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
4.7K
330
330
56K
180
180
180
180
180
180
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R340
R341
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
180
180
1
1
R350
R351
R352
R353
R354
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ471
180
180
10K
10K
470
1
1
1
1
1
R392
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
(SWITCHES)
S301
S303
S304
S305
S307
S308
S309
S311
S312
S313
S314
S315
S316
S317
S318
S319
S320
S321
S322
S323
S324
S325
S326
S327
S328
S329
S330
S331
S332
S333
S334
S335
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
PQSH1A105Z
SWITCH, VOLUME
SWITCH, ONE-TOUCH
SWITCH, ONE-TOUCH
SWITCH, STOP
SWITCH, ONE-TOUCH
SWITCH, ONE-TOUCH
SWITCH, START/COPY/SET
SWITCH, LOWER
SWITCH, ONE-TOUCH
SWITCH, VOLUME
SWITCH, DIAL "3"
SWITCH, DIAL "2"
SWITCH, DIAL "1"
SWITCH, SP-PHONE
SWITCH, MUTE
SWITCH, REDIAL/PAUSE
SWITCH, FLASH
SWITCH, HELP
SWITCH, DIAL "6"
SWITCH, DIAL "5"
SWITCH, DIAL "4"
SWITCH, DIRECTORY
SWITCH, DIAL "9"
SWITCH, DIAL "8"
SWITCH, DIAL "7"
SWITCH, AUTO RECEIVE
SWITCH, DIAL "#"
SWITCH, DIAL "0"
SWITCH, DIAL "
"
SWITCH, MEMU
SWITCH, RESOLUTION
SWITCH, LOCATOR/INTERCOM
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CONNECTORS)
CN301
CN302
PQJP10G43Y
PQJS10X59Z
CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
(CAPACITORS)
C301
C302
C305
C307
C308
C309
PQCUV1E104MD
ECEA1AKS101
PQCUV1H122KB
PQCUV1H331JC
PQCUV1H331JC
PQCUV1H331JC
0.1
100
0.0012
330P
330P
330P
C310
C314
C316
C318
C319
PQCUV1H331JC
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
330P
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1
1
|222 |
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
Ref. No.
CCD BOARD PARTS

PCB4
PFWP2F780M
Part No.
2SB1218A
2SB1218A
2SD1819A
CCD P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
PCB5
PFLP1038BXMC POWER SUPPLY P.C.BOARD

ASS'Y (RTL)
PFJS08R26Z
(ICS)
S
S
S
1
1
1
IC101
IC201
IC202
PFVIFA5317P
AN1431T
PFVINJ2360AD
(CONNECTOR)
CN801
Pcs
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY BOARD PARTS
(TRANSISTORS)
Q801
Q802
Q803
IC
IC
IC
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
Q101
Q201
2SK2101
2SC4604
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
(OTHERS)
VR801
E500
EVNDXAA03B23
PQHR5135Z
VARIABLE RESISTOR
SPACER
1
1
(DIODES)
D101
D102
D103
D104
D105
D201
D203
D204
D205
(RESISTORS)
R801
R802
R803
R804
R805
R806
R807
R808
R809
PQ4R10XJ202
PQ4R10XJ202
PQ4R10XJ100
PQ4R10XJ242
PQ4R10XJ272
PQ4R10XJ242
PQ4R10XJ272
PQ4R10XJ471
PQ4R10XJ471
2K
2K
10
2.4K
2.7K
2.4K
2.7K
470
470
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R810
R811
R812
PQ4R10XJ681
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ101
680
100
100
1
1
1
R830
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
J801
J802
J803
PQ4R18XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
PFVD2KBP08M
PQVDERA1802
PFVDEG01C
MA165
MA4220
MA6D49
PQVDERA81004
MA4075M
MA165
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CONNECTORS)
CN31
CN301
CN302
PQJP2D98Z
PQJP6G100Z
PQJS08A36Z
CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CONNECTOR, 6 PIN
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
1
1
1
(COILS)
L101
L201
L204
ELF18D290
PFLEC10
PQLQ681388A
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
S
S
S
1
1
1
(VARISTORS)
ZNR101
ZNR102
ZNR103
(CAPACITORS)
C801
C803
C804
PQCUV1E104MD
ECEA1CKS101
PQCUV1E104MD
0.1
100
0.1
S
S
1
1
1
|223 |
ERZV10DK751U VARISTOR
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
F101
F201
Part No.
XBA2C50TB0L
PFBA19372

(FUSES)
FUSE
FUSE
Pcs
EXCELDR35
PQLE53
ETS29AE138A
PFRTM8R207C
ON3171
EVNDJAA03B53
PQSLG5P1
TRANSFORMER
THERMISTOR
S
VARIABLE RESISTOR
S
RELAY
S
Part No.
Pcs
(CAPACITORS)
1
1
(OTHERS)
L103
L203
T101
TH101
PC101
VR201
RL201
Ref. No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(RESISTORS)
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
R106
R107
R108
R109
ERDS1TJ105
ERDS2TJ823
ERDS2TJ823
ERG2SJ104
ERX2SJR22
ERDS2FJ100
ERDS2FJ100
ERDS2FJ150
ERDS1SJ470
1M
82K
82K
100
0.22
10
10
15
47
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
R126
R127
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ471
PQ4R10XJ182
PQ4R10XJ181
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ562
PQ4R10XJ222
10K
470
1.8K
180
100
5.6K
2.2K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R201
R202
R204
R205
ERG1SJR33
ERDS2FJ121
ERDS2TJ563
ERDS2TJ103
0.33
120
56K
10K
1
1
1
1
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R227
R228
PQ4R10XJ222
PQ4R10XJ222
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ273
PQ4R10XJ332
PQ4R10XJ392
PQ4R10XJ122
2.2K
2.2K
100
27K
3.3K
3.9K
1.2K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C109
ECQU2A224MV
ECQU2A104MV
ECKDWS222ME
ECKDWS222ME
ECKDKC472KB
EETLD2G680
ECKD3A470KBP
ECKD3A102KGE
ECA1VHG330
0.22
0.1
0.0022
0.0022
0.0047
68
47P
0.001
33
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C121
C122
C123
C124
ECUV1H221KBM 220P
ECUV1C224KBX 0.22
ECUV1H561KBM 560P
ECUV1H473KBW 0.047
1
1
1
1
C201
C202
C204
C221
C223
C204
EEUFA1V103
0.001
ECKD3A102KBP 0.001
PQCEA10B1000
1000
ECUV1H104KBW 0.1
ECUV1H271KBM 270P
PQCEA10B1000 1000
1
1
1
1
1
1
CORDLESS BASE BOARD PARTS

PCB6
PFLP1071BXZ
CORDLESS BASE P.C.BOARD

ASS'Y (RTL)
(ICS)
IC501
IC502
IC503
IC504
PFVI4688A72F
AN6159FA
PQVINJ2360D
PFVIHA178L8U
IC
IC
IC
IC
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
Q501
Q502
Q503
Q504
Q505
Q507
Q508
Q509
Q510
PQVTDTB123E
PQVTDTB123E
2SC4116
2SD1328
2SC4116
2SB1416
PQVTDTC144E
PQVTDTC144E
2SB970A
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q511
Q512
Q513
2SB1322
2SB970A
PQVTDTC144E
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
|224 |
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
(DIODES)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R520
R521
R522
R523
R524
R525
R526
R527
R529
PQ4R10XJ473
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ153
PQ4R10XJ273
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ332
PQ4R10XJ332
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ100
47K
JUMPER, 0
15K
27K
10K
3.3K
3.3K
JUMPER, 0
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R530
R531
R532
R533
R534
R535
R536
R537
R538
R539
PQ4R10XJ223
PQ4R10XJ183
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ183
PQ4R10XJ153
PQ4R10XJ564
PQ4R10XJ224
PQ4R10XJ223
PQ4R10XJ225
PQ4R10XJ184
22K
18K
10K
18K
15K
560K
220K
22K
2.2M
180K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R540
R541
R542
R543
R544
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ272
PQ4R10XJ274
1K
100K
100K
2.7K
270K
1
1
1
1
1
R551
R552
R553
PQ4R10XJ153
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ332
15K
JUMPER, 0
3.3K
1
1
1
R561
R562
R563
R564
R565
R566
R567
R568
R569
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ153
ERX2SJR82
ERDS2TJ101
ERDS1TJ102
ER0S2TKF1001
ER0S2TKF8661
JUMPER, 0
4.7K
100K
15K
0.82
100
1K
1K
8.66K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R581
R582
R583
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ000
100K
4.7K
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
R601
R604
R605
R606
R607
R608
R609
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
JUMPER, 0
100K
100K
100K
100K
1K
1K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R610
R611
R612
R613
R614
R615
R616
R617
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ102
100K
100K
100K
100K
1K
1K
JUMPER, 0
1K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D511
MA4062
DIODE(SI)
R508
MA110
DIODE(SI)
(CONNECTORS)
(COILS)
L511
L512
PQLQXH152J
PQLQR1KT
COIL
COIL
1
1
L502
L503
L504
L505
L506
L507
L508
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
PQLQR1KT
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(OTHERS)
PCB6-1
PQLP10153BX
RF UNIT P.C.BOARD
1
1
VR501
VR502
VR503
VR504
X501
EVNDXAA03B24
EVNDXAA03B14
EVNDXAA03B53
EVNDXAA03B15
PFVC3992ZAT
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
1
1
1
1
1
(RESISTORS)
R500
R501
R502
R503
R504
R505
R506
R507
PQ4R10XJ473
PQ4R10XJ100
PQ4R10XJ100
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ472
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ102
47K
10
10
4.7K
4.7K
1K
1K
1K
Pcs
JUMPER, 0
10K
220K
3.9K
100
1K
1.5K
47K
39K
CARBON FILM RESISTOR

DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
CONNECTOR, 18 PIN
CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
CONNECTOR LEAD
CONNECTOR LEAD
Value
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ224
PQ4R10XJ392
PQ4R10XJ101
PQ4R10XJ102
PQ4R10XJ152
PQ4R10XJ473
PQ4R10XJ393
PQ4R10XJ000
PQVDSB703Q
PQVDAK04A
PQVDS5688G
1SS131
MA110
1SS131
MA110
MA4062
PFJP18A02Z
PQJP10B01Z
PQJP8G82Z
PQJP18Z
PQJP18Z
Part No.
R511
R512
R513
R514
R515
R516
R517
R518
R519
D501
D502
D503
D504
D505
D506
D507
D508
D510
CN501
CN502
CN503
AG
DG
Ref. No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
|225 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
R620
R621
R622
R623
R624
R625
R626
R627
R628
R629
PQCUV1E104MD
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ123
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ155
PQ4R10XJ474
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ104
0.1
10K
100K
12K
100K
100K
1.5M
470K
100K
100K
R630
R631
R632
R633
R634
R635
R636
R637
R638
R639
PQ4R10XJ474
PQ4R10XJ474
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ473
PQ4R10XJ822
PQ4R10XJ223
PQ4R10XJ562
PQ4R10XJ822
PQ4R10XJ562
R640
R641
Pcs
S
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C520
C521
C522
C523
C524
C525
C526
C527
C528
C529
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1H102J
0.001
PQCUV1H103KB 0.01
PQCUV1E223KB 0.022
PQCUV1H333JC 0.033
ECEA1HKS4R7
4.7
ECEA1HU100
10
ECEA1HKS4R7
4.7
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
470K
470K
100K
10K
47K
8.2K
22K
5.6K
8.2K
5.6K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C530
C531
C532
C533
C534
C535
C536
ECEA1HU100
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1C474KB
PQCUV1H123MD
ECEA1AU470
PQCUV1H105JC
10
0.1
0.1
0.47
0.012
47
1
PQ4R10XJ683
PQ4R10XJ561
68K
560
1
1
R654
R655
R656
R657
R658
R659
PQ4R18XJ332
ERDS1TJ330
ERDS1TJ330
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ562
3.3K
33
33
100K
10K
5.6K
1
1
1
1
1
1
C551
C552
C554
C555
C556
C557
C558
C559
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
PQCUV1E223KB
PQCUV1C823KB
ECEA1CKS470
ECEA1CKS470
ECEA0JU102
ECEA1HU101
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
0.022
0.082
47
47
1000
100
R661
R662
R663
R664
R665
R666
R667
R668
R669
ERDS2TJ221
ERDS2TJ221
ERDS1TJ560
ERDS1TJ101
PQ4R10XJ123
PQ4R10XJ104
PQ4R10XJ103
PQ4R10XJ562
PQ4R10XJ103
220
220
56
100
12K
100K
10K
5.6K
10K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C560
C561
C562
C563
C564
C565
C566
C567
C568
PQCUV1H151JC 150P
ECEA1CKS221
220
PQCUV1H103KB 0.01
PQCUV1H103KB 0.01
PQCUV1H330JC 33P
PQCUV1H330JC 33P
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
C570
C571
C572
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1C334ZF
PQCUV1H152KB
0.1
0.33
0.0015
1
1
1
R670
R671
R672
PQ4R10XJ224
PQ4R10XJ224
PQ4R10XJ102
220K
220K
1K
1
1
1
C581
C582
C583
C584
C585
C586
C587
C588
C589
ECEA1EU101
ECEA1EU101
ECEA1EU101
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
100
100
100
100P
100P
100P
100P
100P
100P
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C590
C591
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1H101JC
100P
100P
C601
C602
C604
C605
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H103KB
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
C611
C612
C613
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
0.1
0.1
0.1
S
S
S
1
1
1
(CAPACITORS)
C501
C502
C503
C504
C505
C506
C507
C508
C509
C510
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H105JC
PQ4R10XJ000
PQCUV1H470JC
PQ4R10XJ000
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H102J
PQCUV1H101JC
PQCUV1C823KB
ECEA1EU101
0.001
1
JUMPER, 0
47P
JUMPER, 0
0.001
0.001
100P
0.082
100
S
S
C511
C512
C513
C514
C515
C516
C517
C519
PQCUV1H333JC
PQCUV1H333JC
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1H105JC
ECEA1HU100
ECEA1HKS2R2
PQCUV1C474KB
ECEA1AU221
0.033
0.033
0.1
1
10
2.2
0.47
220
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
|226 |
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
Ref. No.
Part No.
RF UNIT PARTS (for CORDLESS BASE)

PCB6-1
PQLP10153BX
P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
PQVIM64084GP
PQVIPC2746TE
PQVIPC2763TE
PQVIMC3361CD
IC
IC
IC
IC
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q204
2SC4099NT106
2SC3356R24
2SC4226R24
2SC4226R24
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
1
1
(DIODES)
D500
D501
1SS131
1SS131
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
1
1
(COILS)
L201
L202
L203
L204
L205
L206
L207
L208
L209
L210
L212
L213
L214
PQLQR2N1R0KT
PQLQR2N1R0KT
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE5N6JF
MQLRE5N6JF
MQLRE8N2JF
MQLRE2N2DF
MQLRE10NJF
ERJ3GEYJ000
MQLRE22NJF
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE22NJF
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
Chip Jumper
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
ERJ3GEYJ560
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ220
ERJ3GEYJ000
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ330
ERJ3GEYJ102
56
15k
15k
56k
22
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
33
1k
1
1
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ220
ERJ3GEYJ222
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ224
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ474
ERJ3GEYJ152
ERJ3GEYJ821
22
2.2k
1k
100k
220k
1k
470k
1.5k
820
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
R228
R229
ERJ3GEYJ470
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ821
ERJ3GEYJ333
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ560
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ470
ERJ3GEYJ470
47
820
33k
15k
15k
56
10
47
47
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R230
R231
R232
R233
R234
R235
ERJ3GEYJ823
ERJ3GEYJ683
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ220
82k
68k
100
10
10k
22
1
1
1
1
1
1
J200
ERJ3GEYJ000
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
C206
C207
C208
C209
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H101JCV
(CAPACITORS)
0.001
0.0033
0.0033
0.1
100p
47
0.1
10p
100p
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C210
C211
C212
C213
C214
C215
C216
C217
C218
C219
ERJ3GEYJ000
ECUV1H070DCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H020CCV
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H270JCV
ECUV1H270JCV
ECUV1H103KBV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1E104ZFV
0
7p
0.001
2p
10p
27p
27p
0.01
47
0.1
C220
C221
C222
C223
C224
C225
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H220JCV
ECUV1H100DCV
100p
100p
1000p
0.1
22p
10p
(OSCILLATORS)
VC0201
VC0202
PQV016Z
PQV015Z
OSCILLATOR
OSCILLATOR
1
1
(SAW FILTERS)
F201
F202
F203
F204
PQVCM214M15A
PQVFBF455P15
PQVSNSVA903N
PQVSNSVA814N
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
1
1
1
1
(CRYSTALS)
X201
X202
PQVC01280N4Z
PQVC02094N4R
CRYSTAL FILTER
CRYSTAL FILTER
Pcs
(RESISTORS)
(ICS)
IC201
IC202
IC203
IC204
Value
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(OTHERS)
CD201
CN201
VC201
PQVFCDBC455M CERAMIC DISCRIMINATOR

PQJS10A82Z
CONNECTOR
PQCVTZB10ZA
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
1
1
1
|227 |
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
C226
C227
C228
C229
PQCUV1H105JC
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
1
0.01
0.1
0.1
C230
C231
C232
C233
C234
C235
C236
C237
C238
C239
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H680JCV
ECUV1H180JCV
Not Used
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1H180JCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1C224KB
ECUV1H562KBV
ECUV1H562KBV
10p
68p
18p
1
1
1
0.01
18p
0.001
0.22
0.0056
0.0056
1
1
1
1
1
1
C240
C241
C242
C243
C244
C245
C246
C247
C248
C249
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H040CCV
ECUV1H104ZFV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H040CCV
ECUV1H102KBV
0.001
100p
4p
0.1
47
0.01
0.001
0.001
4p
0.001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C250
C251
C252
C253
C254
C255
C256
C257
ECUV1H040CCV
ECUV1H102KBV
Not Used
ECUV1H080DCV
Not Used
ECUV1H390JCV
ECUV1H390JCV
ECUV1H020CCV
4p
0.001
1
1
8p
39p
39p
2p
1
1
1
L501
L509
PQ4R10XJ100
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
JUMPER, 0
1
1
L510
PQ4R10XJ000
JUMPER, 0
1
1
1
1
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
(DIODE(SI)
D1
D3
D5
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D19
DK
MA8150
MA110
PQVDRB751H4
LN1261C
MA110
MA110
MA110
MA110
MA110
MA8039
MA110
LN1361C
MA110
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
LED
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
LED
DIODE(SI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(VARIABLE RESISTORS)
VR1
VR3
VR4
EVM1YSX50B24
EVM1YSX50B54
EVM1SSX50B53
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE RESISTOR
VARIABLE RESISTOR
1
1
1
(CRYSTALS)
X3
X4
PQVBTCS4.00M
PQVCE3276N9Z
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
1
1
(OTHERS)
CN1
E1
E2
L2
S1
PQJP10B01Z
CONNECTOR, 10Pin (RF)
PQEFBQM111G3 BUZZER
PQJM122Z
MICROPHONE
ERJ3GEY0R00
Chip Jumper
ESD11H120
SWITCH, POWER
1
1
1
1
1
PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD PARTS

(RESISTORS)
PCB7
PQWPT9380BXR
PORTABLE HANDSET P.C.BOARD

ASS'Y (RTL)
(ICS)
IC1
IC3
IC4
IC6
IC7
IC8
AN6159FA
PQVITK1163U
PQVISC78184D
PQVI4829C60H
AN6183SE1
PQVIXC3002MR
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
1
1
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
Q1
Q2
Q6
Q7
Q9
Q11
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16
Q17
Q18
Q19
Q21
2SD1328
2SC4116
2SC4116
2SC4116
2SB1218A
PQVTDTC143E
PQVTDTA143EU
PQVTDTB123E
2SC4116
PQVTDTB123E
PQVTDTB123E
PQVTDTA143EU
2SD1819A
PQVTDTA143EU
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
ERJ3GEYJ684
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ273
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ273
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ183
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ823
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ152
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ473
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ564
ERJ3GEYJ103
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26
ERJ3GEYJ183
ERJ3GEYJ223
ERJ3GEYJ183
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ184
ERJ3GEYJ823
ERJ3GEYJ333
|228 |
680k
10
27k
1
1
1
27k
47k
18k
1
1
82k
1.5k
100k
47k
1
1
560k
10k
1
1
18k
22k
18k
100k
180k
82k
33k
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
R27
R28
R29
ERJ3GEYJ122
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ472
1.2k
0
4.7k
1
1
1
R30
R31
R32~36
R37
R38
R39
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ100
Not Used
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ105
ERJ3GEYJ102
100k
10
1
1
0
1M
1k
1
1
1
R40
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
R49
ERJ3GEYJ681
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ100
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
680
10
10
1
1
1
10k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1
1
1
1
1
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ124
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ563
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ273
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ332
ERJ3GEYJ392
120k
56k
27k
15k
3.3k
3.9k
1
1
1
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ222
ERJ3GEYJ334
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ472
ERJ3GEYJ124
ERJ3GEYJ474
Not Used
Not Used
100k
1k
2.2k
330k
10k
4.7k
120k
470k
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R70
R71
R72
R73~78
R79
Not Used
PQ4R10XJ100
PQ4R10XJ100
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ103
R80
R81
R82~88
R89
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ683
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ102
R90
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
R96~99
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEY0R00
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
Not Used
R100
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
R106
R107
R108
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ100
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ8R2
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ820
10
10
1
1
10k
100k
68k
1
1
1k
1k
1k
1
1
100
100
100
100
10
1
1
1
1
1
8.2
82
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
R109
Not Used
R110
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
R118
R119
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ224
ERJ3GEYJ391
ERJ3GEYJ392
Not Used
1k
1k
1k
1k
1
1
1
1
220k
390
3.9k
1
1
1
R120
R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
R126
R127
R128~139
PQ4R10XJ000
PQ4R10XJ000
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ102
Not Used
0
0
1
1
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1
1
1
1
1
18k
82k
0
10k
1
1
33k
0
1k
5.6k
1
1
1
1
2.2k
100
1.5k
1.5k
330k
10k
1
1
1
1
1
1
1k
39k
1k
10k
1
1
0
1k
0
1
1
1
390
R140~148 Not Used

R149
ERJ3GEYJ183
R150~154
R155
R156
R157
R158
R159
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ823
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ103
R160~163 Not Used

R164
ERJ3GEYJ333
R165
ERJ3GEY0R00
R166
ERJ3GEYJ102
R167
ERJ3GEYJ562
R168
Not Used
R169
Not Used
R170
R171
R172
R173
R174
R175
R176
R177
R178
R179
Not Used
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ222
ERJ3GEYJ101
ERJ3GEYJ152
ERJ3GEYJ152
ERJ3GEYJ334
ERJ3GEYJ103
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ102
R180
R181
R182
R183
R184~189
ERJ3GEYJ393
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ103
Not Used
R190~194
R195
R196
R197
R198
R199
Not Used
ERJ3GEY0R00
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEY0R00
Not Used
Not Used
R200
ERJ3GEY0R00
R201
Not Used
R202
Not Used
R203
ERJ3GEYJ391
R204~209
|229 |
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
R210
R211
R212
R213~249
ERJ3GEYJ564
ERJ3GEYJ682
ERJ3GEY0R00
Not Used
560k
6.8k
0
1
1
1
R250
R251
R252
R253
R254
R255
R256
R257
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ103
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ473
ERJ3GEYJ683
ERJ3GEYJ272
ERJ3GEYJ274
100k
10
10k
100k
47k
68k
2.7k
270k
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CAPACITORS)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13~15
C16
C17
C18
C19
ECST0GY226
22
ERJ3GEY0R00
0
Not Used
Not Used
ECUV1H223KBV 0.022
ECUV1H223KBV 0.022
PQCUV1C105ZF 1
ECST0JY106
10
ECST1CY225
2.2
PQCUV1C105ZF 1
ECST0GY226
22
PQCUV1E104MD 0.1
Not Used
ECUV1H153KBV 0.015
Not Used
ECUV1H101JCV 100p
ECUV1H102KBV 1000p
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29
PQCUV1C105ZF
ECUV1H392KBV
ECST0JX226
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1H103KBV
PQCUV1H103KB
PQCUV1H223MD
ECST0JY475
ECST0JY106
1
3900p
22
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.022
4.7
10
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
ECST0JY475
PQCUV1E104MD
ECST0JY106
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1C105ZF
PQCUV1C105ZF
ECST0JY106
PQCUV1C105ZF
Not Used
PQCUV1C105ZF
4.7
0.1
10
0.1
1
1
10
1
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
ECUV1H180JCV
PQCUV1H103KB
Not Used
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H103KBV
Not Used
EECS0HD473H
Not Used
ECST0GY226
C50
C51
C52~59
ECST0JY106
ECST0GY226
Not Used
1
1
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
S
S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ref. No.
S
S
18p
0.01
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
S
S
S
1
1
1
Value
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
C66~68
C69
Not Used
ECUV1H180JCV 18p
ECST0JX226
22
PQCUV1C683MD 0.068
PQCUV1C224ZF 0.22
PQCUV1H473MD 0.047
Not Used
PQCUV1C105ZF 1
C70
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
C79
PQCUV1C105ZF
ECUV1H222KBV
Not Used
Not Used
ECUV1H680JCV
Not Used
ECUV1H332KBV
ECST0JX226
PQCUV1C105ZF
Not Used
C80
C81~99
1
2200p
Pcs
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
68p
3300p
22
1
1
1
1
PQCUV1C105ZF
Not Used
C100
PQCUV1C105ZF
C101
ECUV1A105ZFV
C102~199 Not Used
1
1
S
S
1
1
1000p
0.1
0.1
S
S
1
1
1
C200
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205~249
C250
C251
C252
C253
C254
Not Used
Not Used
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1E104ZFV
Not Used
PQCUV1C105ZF
PQCUV1E104MD
PQCUV1C105ZF
PQCUV1E104MD
ECUV1C104KBV
J1
ECUV1H102KBV
1
0.1
1
0.1
0.1
S
S
1000p
1
1
1
1
1
1
RF UNITPARTS (for POTABLE HANDSET)

PCB8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
PQLP10154BX1
P.C.BOARD ASS'T (RTL)
(ICS)
IC201
IC202
IC203
IC204
PQVIM64084GP
PQVIPC2746TE
PQVIPC2763TE
PQVIMC3361CD
IC
IC
IC
IC
1
1
1
1
(TRANSISTORS)
0.047
22
10
22
1
1
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q204
2SC4099NT106
2SC3356R24
2SC4226R24
2SC4226R24
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
TRANSISTOR(SI)
1
1
1
1
(COILS)
L201
L202
L203
L204
L206
L207
|230 |
PQLQR2N1R0KT
PQLQR2N1R0KT
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE5N6JF
MQLRE10NJF
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
L208
L209
L210
L211
L213
Part No.
MQLRE1N2DF
MQLRE10NJF
MQLRE12NJF
MQLRE8N2JF
ERJ3GEYJ000

COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
Chip Jumper
Pcs
1
1
1
1
1
Ref. No.
Part No.
Value
Pcs
R233
R234
R235
ERJ3GEYJ2R2
ERJ3GEYJ562
ERJ3GEYJ000
2.2
5.6k
0
1
1
1
J200
ERJ3GEYJ000
(CAPACITORS)
(SAW FILTERS)
F201
F202
F203
F204
PQVCM214M15A
PQVFBF455P15
PQVSNSVA814N
PQVSNSVA903N
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
CERAMIC FILTER
1
1
1
1
(OSCILLATORS)
VC0201
VC0202
PQV018Z
PQV017Z
OSCILLATOR
OSCILLATOR
1
1
(CRYSTAL)
X201
X202
CD201
CN201
VC201
PQVC01280K4Z
PQVC02094N4R
PQVFCDBC455B
PQJS10A82Z
PQCVTZB10ZA
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
(OTHERS)
CERAMIC DISCRIMINATOR
CONNECTOR
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
1
1
1
1
1
(RESISTORS)
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
ERJ3GEYJ000
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ563
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ000
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ681
0
15k
15k
56k
10
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
680
1
1
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
Not Used
ERJ3GEYJ220
ERJ3GEYJ122
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ224
ERJ3GEYJ102
ERJ3GEYJ474
ERJ3GEYJ152
ERJ3GEYJ821
22
1.2k
1k
100k
220k
1k
470k
1.5k
820
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
R228
R229
ERJ3GEYJ470
ERJ3GEYJ104
ERJ3GEYJ681
ERJ3GEYJ333
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ153
ERJ3GEYJ220
ERJ3GEYJ100
ERJ3GEYJ470
ERJ3GEYJ470
47
100k
680
33k
15k
15k
22
10
47
47
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R230
R231
R232
ERJ3GEYJ823
ERJ3GEYJ683
ERJ3GEYJ220
82k
68k
22
1
1
1
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
C206
C207
C208
C209
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1H332KBV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H101JCV
0.001
0.0033
0.0033
0.1
100p
47
0.1
10p
100p
C210
C211
C212
C213
C214
C215
C216
C217
C218
C219
ECUV1H030CCV
ECUV1H070DCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H020CCV
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H270JCV
ECUV1H270JCV
ECUV1H103KBV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1E104ZFV
3p
7p
0.001
2p
10p
27p
27p
0.01
47
0.1
C220
C221
C222
C223
C224
C225
C226
C227
C228
C229
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECUV1H220JCV
ECUV1H100DCV
PQCUV1C105ZF
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
ECUV1C104KBV
100p
100p
1000p
0.1
22p
10p
1
0.01
0.1
0.1
C230
C231
C232
C233
C234
C235
C236
C237
C238
C239
ECUV1H100DCV
ECUV1H680JCV
ECUV1H180JCV
Not Used
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1H180JCV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1C224KB
ECUV1H562KBV
ECUV1H562KBV
10p
68p
18p
1
1
1
0.01
18p
0.001
0.22
0.0056
0.0056
1
1
1
1
1
C240
C241
C242
C243
C244
C245
C246
C247
C248
C249
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H101JCV
ECUV1H270JCV
ECUV1E104ZFV
ECST0GX476
ECUV1H103KBV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H102KBV
ECUV1H040CCV
ECUV1H102KBV
0.001
100p
27p
0.1
47
0.01
0.001
0.001
4p
0.001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C250
C251
C252
C253
C254
C255
C256
C257
C258
ECUV1H070DCV
ECUV1H102KBV
Not Used
ECUV1H100DCV
Not Used
ECUV1H390JCV
ECUV1H390JCV
ECUV1H020CCV
ECUV1H060DCV
7p
0.001
1
1
10p
39p
39p
2p
6p
1
1
1
1
|231 |
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
KX-F910BX
Ref. No.
Part No.
Pcs
CHARGER BOARD PARTS

PCB9
PFLP1072BXZ
CHARGER P.C.BOARD ASS'Y (RTL
(DIODES)
D701
D702
D703
MA4220
MA4220
MA4220
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
DIODE(SI)
1
1
1
(LEDS)
LED701
LED702
PQVDR325CA47
PQVDR325CA47
LED
LED
S
S
1
1
(CONNECTORS)
CN701
CN702
CN703
CN704
PQJS8X49Z
CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
PQJT10119Z 4D BATTERY TERMINAL
1
1
1
1
(COILS)
L701
L702
L703
L704
L705
PQLQZK330K
PQLQZK330K
PQLQZK330K
PQLQZK330K
PQLQZK330K
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
COIL
1
1
1
1
(RESISOTRS)
R701
R702
ERDS2TJ271
ERDS2TJ271
270
270
1
1
FIXTURES AND TOOLS

EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PQZZ2K12Z
PQZZ2K6Z
PFZZ8K23Z
PQZZ6K14Z
PQZZ2K13Z
PQZZ9K7Z
PQZZ11K8Z
PQZZ5K6Z
PFZZ5K13Z
EXTENTION CORD, 2 PIN

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
EC10
EC11
EC12
EC13
EC14
EC15
EC16
EC17
PQZZ2K6Z
PQZZ10K4Z
PQZZ8K18Z
PQZZ2K12Z
PFZZ7K15Z
PFZZ18K4Z
PFZZ8K11Z
PQZZ10K11Z

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
EC20
EC21
EC22
PFZZ1F780M
PFZZ2F780M
PFZZ3F900M
CCD ADJUSTMENT TOOL

SPRING HEIGHT TOOL
IC TOOL (for STATUS CHECKING)
[Refer to page 57]
1
1
1
Notes:
Extension Cords and Tools are useful for servicing.
(They make servicing easy.)
D (Q) KXF910BX
Printed in Japan
|232 |

Panasonic KX-F910BX (Service Manual)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Panasonic KX-F910BX (Service Manual)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

KX-F910BX

INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

FOR SERVICE TECHNICIANS

STANDARD BATTERY LIFE

While in use (TALK)

Up to about 2.5 hours

While not in use (Stand-By)

PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Separation roller gear

Separation roller gear

Document feed gear

If your Panasonic battery is fully charged;

Public Switched Telephone Network

Max. 216 mm (8 1/2 ) in width

3. Effective Scanning Width:

208 mm(8 3/16 )

4. Printing Paper Size:

216 mm ~ max. 50 m (8 1/2

5. Effective Printing Width:

Approx.15 sec/page (Original mode)

Approx.30 sec/page (G3 Normal mode)

8 pels/mm (203 pels/inch)

3.85 lines/mm (98 lines/inch) -Standard mode

CCD image sensor

10. Printer Type:

11. Data Compression System:

Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ (MR)

12. Modem Speed:

9600/7200/4800/2400 bps; Automatic Fallback

13. Operating Environment:

14. Dimensions (H ~W ~D):

Approx. 118 ~366 ~265 mm (4 21/32

15. Mass (Weight):

Approx. 3.4 kg (7.5 lb.)

16. Power Consumption:

Approx. 6.5W / Transmission: Approx. 16W

Approx. 31W / Copy:

(41-95 F), 45-85 % RH (Relative Humidity)

220-240V AC, 50/60Hz

17. Power Supply:

Approx. 37 ~55 ~238 mm (1 7/16

Approx. 200 g (0.4 lb.)

Ni-Cd battery (3.6 V, 600 mAh)

814.0125-814.9875 MHz, 904.0125-904.9875 MHz (40 channels)

Standard Thermal Recording Paper

Standard Thermal Recording Paper

Super Thermal recording Paper

216 mm ~30 m (8 1/2

Front lid open button

SPARE CHARGE Indicator

Direct call stations

Automatic paper cutter

Fax activation from handset

Integrated Telephone System

Single telephone line

Open the back lid by lifting up the tabs located

Install a recording paper roll in the main unit.

Insert the leading edge of the recording paper

Recording paper roller

Close the back lid by gently pressing down on both

3. Installing the antenna on the main unit

4. Installing the spare battery cover on the main unit

5. Installing the battery in the handset